JNTUA R20 B.tech - Computer Science Design II III IV Year Course Structure Syllabus

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 169

JNTUA B.Tech.

R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


(Established by Govt. of A.P., ACT No.30 of 2008)
ANANTAPUR – 515 002 (A.P) INDIA

COMPUTER SCIENCE &DESIGN


Proposed Course Structure (R20) – II & IV Year

Semester-III
S.No CourseCode Course Name L T P Credits

1. 20A54304 Discrete Mathematics& Graph Theory 3 0 0 3


2. 20A38301T Digital Logic Design & Computer 3 0 0 3
Organization
3. 20A05301T Advanced Data Structures & Algorithms 3 0 0 3
4. 20A05302T Object Oriented Programming Through Java 3 0 0 3
5. 20A38302 Human Computer Interaction 3 0 0 3
6. 20A38301P Digital Logic Design & Computer 0 0 3 1.5
Organization Lab
7. 20A05301P Advanced Data Structures & Algorithms Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8. 20A05302P Object Oriented Programming Through Java 0 0 3 1.5
Lab
9. 20A52201 Universal Human Values 3 0 0 3
10. Skill Oriented Course – I 1 0 2 2
20A38303 Digital Photography using Adobe Photoshop
Total 24.5

Semester-IV
S.No Course Course name L T P Credits
Code
1. 20A54406 Mathematical Modeling and Simulation 3 0 0 3
2. 20A05401T Database Management Systems 3 0 0 3
3. 20A05402T Operating Systems 3 0 0 3
4. 20A38401T Visual Design & Communication 3 0 0 3
5. Humanities Elective– I 3 0 0 3
20A52301 Managerial Economics & Financial Analysis
20A52302 Organizational Behaviour
20A52303 Business Environment
6. 20A05401P Database Management Systems Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7. 20A05402P Operating Systems Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8. 20A38401P Visual Design & Communication Lab 0 0 3 1.5
9. Skill Oriented Course– II 1 0 2 2
20A05404 Exploratory Data Analysis with R
10. NoncreditMandatory Course 2 0 0 0
20A99401 Design Thinking for Innovation
Total 21.5
Community Service Internship/Project(Mandatory) for 6 weeks duration during summer vacation
Honors/Minor courses (The hours distribution can be 3-0-2 or 3-1-0 also) 4 0 0 4
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Semester–V
S.No. Course Code Course Name L T P Credits

1. 20A38501 Automata Theory and Compiler Design 3 0 0 3


2. 20A38502T Multimedia Application Development 3 0 0 3
3. 20A38503T Design of Interactive Systems 3 0 0 3
4. Professional Elective Course – I 3 0 0 3
20A38504a Aesthetics and art
20A38504b Computer game design and programming
20A38504c Film Making and Radio Podcasting
5. Open Elective Course – I 3 0 0 3
6. 20A38502P Multimedia Application Development Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7. 20A38503P Design of Interactive systems Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8. Skill oriented course – III 1 0 2 2
20A38505 Django Web Framework
9. 20A99201 Environmental Science 3 0 0 0
(Noncredit Mandatory Course)
10 20A38506
Evaluation of Community Service Project 1.5
Total 21.5

Open Elective-I

S.No Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.

1 20A01505 Building Technology CE


2 20A02505 Electric Vehicles EEE
3 20A03505 3D Printing Technology ME
4 20A04507 MATLAB Programming for Engineers ECE/EEE
5 20A04508 Introduction to Control Systems ECE/EEE
6 20A27505 Computer Applications in Food Processing FT
7 20A54501 Optimization Techniques Mathematics
8 20A56501 Materials Characterization Techniques Physics
9 20A51501 Chemistry of Energy Materials Chemistry

Note:
1. A student is permitted to register for Honours or a Minor in IV semester after the results of III
Semester are declared and students may be allowed to take maximum two subjects per semester
pertaining to their Minor from V Semester onwards.
2. A student shall not be permitted to take courses as Open Electives/Minor/Honours with content
substantially equivalent to the courses pursued in the student's primary major.
3. A student is permitted to select a Minor program only if the institution is already offering a Major
degree program in that discipline
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Semester–VI
S.No Course Course Name Semester-VI L T P Credits
Code
1. 20A05602T Machine Learning 3 0 0 3
2. 20A05502T Artificial Intelligence 3 0 0 3
3. 20A05501T Computer Networks 3 0 0 3
4. Professional Elective Course– II 3 0 0 3
20A38601a Software Engineering
20A05604c Computer Vision
20A38601b Computer Graphics & Animation
5. Open Elective Course – II 3 0 0 3
6. 20A05602P Machine Learning Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7. 20A05501P Computer Networks Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8. 20A05502P Artificial Intelligence Lab 0 0 3 1.5
9. Skill oriented course - IV 1 0 2 2
20A52401 Soft Skills
10. Mandatory Non-credit Course
20A99601 Intellectual Property Rights & Patents 2 0 0 0
Total 21.5
Industry Internship (Mandatory) for 6 – 8 weeks duration during summer vacation

Open Elective-II
S.No Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.

1 20A01605 Environmental Economics CE


2 20A02605 Smart Electric Grid EEE
3 20A03605 Introduction
Honors/Minor to hours
courses (The Robotics
distribution can be 3-0-2 or 3-1-0 also) 4 ME
004
4 20A04605 Signal Processing ECE
5 20A04606 Basic VLSI Design ECE
6 20A27605 Food Refrigeration and Cold Chain Management FT
7 20A54701 Wavelet Transforms & its applications Mathematics
8 20A56701 Physics Of Electronic Materials and Devices Physics
9 20A51701 Chemistry of Polymers and its Applications Chemistry
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Semester-VII
S.No. Course Code Course Name L T P Credits
1. Professional Elective Course– III 3 0 0 3
20A05701a Cloud Computing
20A05703c Deep Learning
20A05603T Internet of Things
2. Professional Elective Course– IV 3 0 0 3
20A38701a Usability studies and evaluation
20A38701b Animation Principles and design
20A38701c Digital audio design and synthesis
3. Professional Elective Course– V 3 0 0 3
20A05703a Full Stack Development
20A05703b Blockchain Technology and Applications
20A05702a Fundamentals of AR/VR
4. Humanities Elective – II 3 0 0 3
20A52701a Entrepreneurship and Incubation
20A52701b Management Science
20A52701c Enterprise Resource Planning
5. Open Elective Course – III 3 0 0 3
6. Open Elective Course – IV 3 0 0 3
7. Skill oriented course – V 1 0 2 2
20A05706 Mobile Application Development
8. 20A38702 Evaluation of Industry Internship 3
Total 23

Open Elective-III
S.No Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.
1 20A01704 Cost Effective Housing Techniques CE
2 20A02704 IOT Applications in Electrical Engineering EEE
3 20A03704 Product Design & Development ME
4 20A04705 Electronic Sensors ECE
5 20A04506 Principles ofCommunication Systems ECE
6 20A27704 Human Nutrition FT
7 20A54702 Numerical Methods for Engineers Mathematics
8 20A56702 Sensors And Actuators for Engineering Applications Physics
9 20A51702 Applications
Chemistry of Nanomaterials and Applications Chemistry
Open Elective-IV
S.No Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.
1 20A01705 Health, Safety & Environmental management CE
2 20A02705 Renewable Energy Systems EEE
3 20A03705 Introduction to Composite Materials ME
4 20A04706 Microcontrollers and Applications ECE
5 20A04706 Principles of Cellular & Mobile Communications ECE
6 20A27705 Waste and Effluent Management FT
7 20A54703 Number theory & its applications Mathematics
8 20A56703 Smart Materials and Devices Physics
9 20A51703 Green Chemistry and Catalysis for Sustainable Chemistry
Environment
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Semester-VIII
S.No. Course Code Course Name Category L T P Credits

1. 20A38801 Full Internship & Project work PR 12

Total 12

COURSES OFFERED FOR HONOURS DEGREE IN CSD

S.No. Code Course Name Contact Hours


per week Credits
L T
1 20A38H01 Spatial and Multimedia Databases 3 1 4

2 20A38H02 Design for User Experience 3 1 4

3 20A38H03 Digital Audio & Video Production Workflow 3 1 4

4 20A38H04 Information Security 3 1 4

5 20A38H05 MOOC-1 2

6 20A38H06 MOOC-2 2

Suggested MOOCs:
1. Elements of Visual Programming
2. Fundamentals of 3D printing
3. Introduction to Multimedia Processing
4. Animations
5. Data Visualization

LIST OF MINORS OFFERED TO CSD


S.No. Minor Title Department offering the Minor
1. Construction Technology Civil Engineering
2. Environmental Geotechnology Civil Engineering
3. Energy Systems EEE
4. 3D Printing ME
5. Industrial Engineering ME
6. Food Science Food Technology
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A54304) DISCRETE MATHEMATICS & GRAPH THEORY
Course Objectives:
Introduce the concepts of mathematical logic and gain knowledge in sets, relations and functions and
Solve problems using counting techniques and combinatorics and to introduce generating functions
and recurrence relations. Use Graph Theory for solving real world problems
Course Outcomes (CO):
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Apply mathematical logic to solve problems.
 Understand the concepts and perform the operations related to sets, relations and functions.
 Gain the conceptual background needed and identify structures of algebraic nature.
 Apply basic counting techniques to solve combinatorial problems.
 Formulate problems and solve recurrence relations.
 Apply Graph Theory in solving computer science problems

UNIT I Mathematical Logic 8 Hrs


Introduction, Statements and Notation, Connectives, Well-formed formulas, Tautology, Duality law,
Equivalence, Implication, Normal Forms, Functionally complete set of connectives, Inference Theory
of Statement Calculus, Predicate Calculus, Inference theory of Predicate Calculus.
UNIT II Set theory 9 Hrs
Basic Concepts of Set Theory, Relations and Ordering, The Principle of Inclusion- Exclusion, Pigeon
hole principle and its application,Functions composition of functions, Inverse Functions, Recursive
Functions, Lattices and its properties. Algebraic structures: Algebraic systems-Examples and General
Properties, Semi groups and Monoids, groups, sub groups, homomorphism, Isomorphism.
UNIT III Elementary Combinatorics 8 Hrs
Basics of Counting, Combinations and Permutations, Enumeration of Combinations and
Permutations, Enumerating Combinations and Permutations with Repetitions, Enumerating
Permutations with Constrained Repetitions, Binomial Coefficients, The Binomial and Multinomial
Theorems.
UNIT IV Recurrence Relations 9 Hrs
Generating Functions of Sequences, Calculating Coefficients of Generating Functions, Recurrence
relations, Solving Recurrence Relations by Substitution and Generating functions, The Method of
Characteristic roots, Solutions of Inhomogeneous Recurrence Relations.
UNIT V Graphs 9 Hrs
Basic Concepts, Isomorphism and Subgraphs, Trees and their Properties, Spanning Trees, Directed
Trees, Binary Trees, Planar Graphs, Euler’s Formula, Multigraphs and Euler Circuits, Hamiltonian
Graphs, Chromatic Numbers, The Four Color Problem
Textbooks:
1. Joe L. Mott, Abraham Kandel and Theodore P. Baker, Discrete Mathematics for Computer
Scientists & Mathematicians, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
2. J.P. Tremblay and R. Manohar, Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to
Computer Science, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Kenneth H. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and its Applications with Combinatorics and Graph
Theory, 7th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited.
2. Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer ScienceByNarsinghDeo.
Online Learning Resources:
http://www.cs.yale.edu/homes/aspnes/classes/202/notes.pdf
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(20A38301T) DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN & COMPUTER ORGANIZATION

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic theoretical concepts of digital systems like the binary system and
Boolean algebra.
 To express real life problems in logic design terminology.
 To understand and be able to explain bus transactions, memory organization and address
decoding, basic I/O interfaces and port addressing.
 To understand how to write micro programmed control sequence for processors.
 To explain the functions of the various computer hardware components.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Identify, understand and apply different number systems and codes.
• Design combinational circuits using fundamental logic gates and programmable logic
devices for a given problem.
• Describe the organization of computer and various instruction formats.
• Classify the different memory systems and the different types of mapping techniques to
convert virtual addresses to physical addresses.
• Identify various peripheral device architectures and operations.
• Write assembly language programs for various applications.
UNIT I Basic Structure of Computers: Lecture Hrs
Computer Types, Functional units, Basic operational concepts, Bus structures, Software,
Performance, multiprocessors and multi computers, Computer Generations. Data Representation:
Binary Numbers, Fixed Point Representation. Floating – Point Representation. Number base
conversions, Octal and Hexadecimal Numbers, complements, Signed binary numbers, Binary codes.

UNIT II Digital Logic Circuits Lecture Hrs


Digital Logic Circuits - I: Basic Logic Functions, Logic gates, universal logic gates, Minimization
of Logic expressions. Flip-flops, Combinational Circuits.
Digital Logic Circuits - II: Registers, Shift Registers, Binary counters, Decoders, Multiplexers,
Programmable Logic Devices.

UNIT III Computer Arithmetic & Instruction Set & Addressing Lecture Hrs
Computer Arithmetic: Algorithms for fixed point and floating point addition, subtraction,
multiplication and division operations. Hardware Implementation of arithmetic and logic operations,
High performance arithmetic.
Instruction Set & Addressing: Memory Locations and Addresses, Machine addresses and
sequencing, Various Addressing Modes, Instruction Formats, Basic Machine Instructions. IA-32
Pentium example.

UNIT IV Processor Organization Lecture Hrs


Introduction to CPU, Register Transfers, Execution of Instructions, Multiple Bus Organization,
Hardwired Control, Microprogrammed Control Memory Organization: Concept of Memory, RAM,
ROM memories, memory hierarchy, cache memories, virtual memory, secondary storage, memory
management requirements.

UNIT V Input / Output Organization Lecture Hrs


Introduction to I/O, Interrupts- Hardware, Enabling and disabling Interrupts, Device Control, Direct
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

memory access, buses, interface circuits, standard I/O Interfaces.

Textbooks:
1. Computer Organization – Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic, SafwatZaky, fifth edition,
McGraw Hill.
2. Computer Architecture and Organization- An Integrated Approach, Miles Murdocca,
Vincent Heuring, Second Edition, Wiley India.
3. Computer Systems Architecture – M.Moris Mano, IIIrd Edition, Pearson.
Reference Books:
1. Computer Organization and Architecture – William Stallings Sixth Edition, Pearson
2. Computer- organization and Design- David A. Paterson and John L.Hennessy-Elsevier.
3. Fundamentals or Computer Organization and Design, - SivaramaDandamudi Springer Int.
Edition.
4. Digital Design – Third Edition, M.Morris Mano, Pearson Education/PHI.
5. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Roth, 5th Edition, Thomson.
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105080
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106103180
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05301T)ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS

Course Objectives:
 Learn asymptotic notations, and analyze the performance of different algorithms.
 Understand and implement various data structures.
 Learn and implement greedy, divide and conquer, dynamic programming and backtracking
algorithms using relevant data structures.
 Understand non-deterministic algorithms, polynomial and non-polynomial problems.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Analyze the complexity of algorithms and apply asymptotic notations.
 Apply non-linear data structures and their operations.
 Understand and apply greedy, divide and conquer algorithms.
 Develop dynamic programming algorithms for various real-time applications.
 Illustrate Backtracking algorithms for various applications.

UNIT I Introduction to Algorithms 9 Hrs


Algorithms, Pseudocode for expressing algorithms, Performance Analysis-Space complexity, Time
complexity, Asymptotic Notation- Big oh, Omega, Theta notation and Little oh notation, Polynomial Vs
Exponential Algorithms, Average, Best and Worst Case Complexities, Analysing Recursive Programs.

UNIT II Trees Part-I 8 Hrs


Binary Search Trees: Definition and Operations, AVL Trees: Definition and Operations, Applications.
B Trees: Definition and Operations.

UNIT III Trees Part-II 8 Hrs


Red-Black Trees, Splay Trees, Applications.
Hash Tables: Introduction, Hash Structure, Hash functions, Linear Open Addressing, Chaining and
Applications.

UNIT IV Divide and conquer, Greedy method 9 Hrs


Divide and conquer: General method, applications-Binary search, Finding Maximum and minimum,
Quick sort, Merge sort, Strassen’s matrix multiplication.
Greedy method: General method, applications-Job sequencing with deadlines, knapsack problem,
Minimum cost spanning trees, Single source shortest path problem.

UNIT V Dynamic Programming & Backtracking 9 Hrs


Dynamic Programming: General method, applications- 0/1 knapsack problem, All pairs shortest path
problem, Travelling salesperson problem, Reliability design.
Backtracking: General method, applications-n-queen problem, sum of subsets problem, graph coloring,
Hamiltonian cycles.
Introduction to NP-Hard and NP-Complete problems: Basic Concepts.
Textbooks:
1. Data Structures and algorithms: Concepts, Techniques and Applications, G A V Pai.
2. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms, Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Rajasekharam, Galgotia publications
Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. Classic Data Structures by D. Samanta, 2005, PHI
2. Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms by Aho, Hopcraft, Ullman 1998, PEA.
3. Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms by Goodman, Hedetniemi, TMG.
Online Learning Resources:https://www.tutorialspoint.com/advanced_data_structures/index.asp
http://peterindia.net/Algorithms.html
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05302T)OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA

Course Objectives:
 To understand object-oriented concepts and problem solving techniques
 To obtain knowledge about the principles of inheritance and polymorphism
 To implement the concept of packages, interfaces, exception handling and concurrency
mechanism.
 To design the GUIs using applets and swing controls.
 To understand the Java Database Connectivity Architecture
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Solve real-world problems using OOP techniques.
 Apply code reusability through inheritance, packages and interfaces
 Solve problems using java collection framework and I/O classes.
 Develop applications by using parallel streams for better performance.
 Develop applets for web applications.
 Build GUIs and handle events generated by user interactions.
 Use the JDBC API to access the database

UNIT I Introduction 8Hrs


Introduction: Introduction to Object Oriented Programming, The History and Evolution of Java,
Introduction to Classes, Objects, Methods, Constructors, this keyword, Garbage Collection, Data Types,
Variables, Type Conversion and Casting, Arrays, Operators, Control Statements, Method Overloading,
Constructor Overloading, Parameter Passing, Recursion, String Class and String handling methods.
UNIT II Inheritance, Packages, Interfaces 9Hrs
Inheritance: Basics, Using Super, Creating Multilevel hierarchy, Method overriding, Dynamic Method
Dispatch, Using Abstract classes, Using final with inheritance, Object class,
Packages: Basics, Finding packages and CLASSPATH, Access Protection, Importing packages.
Interfaces: Definition, Implementing Interfaces, Extending Interfaces, Nested Interfaces, Applying
Interfaces, Variables in Interfaces.
UNIT III Exception handling, Stream based I/O (java.io) 9Hrs
Exception handling - Fundamentals, Exception types, Uncaught exceptions, using try and catch, multiple
catch clauses, nested try statements, throw, throws and finally, built-in exceptions, creating own exception
subclasses.
Stream based I/O (java.io) – The Stream classes-Byte streams and Character streams, Reading console
Input and Writing Console Output, File class, Reading and Writing Files, Random access file operations,
The Console class, Serialization, Enumerations, Autoboxing, Generics.
UNIT IV Multithreading, The Collections Framework (java.util) 8Hrs
Multithreading: The Java thread model, Creating threads, Thread priorities, Synchronizing threads,
Interthread communication.
The Collections Framework (java.util): Collections overview, Collection Interfaces, The
Collectionclasses- Array List, Linked List, Hash Set, Tree Set, Priority Queue, Array Deque. Hashtable,
Properties, Stack, Vector, String Tokenizer, Bit Set, Date, Calendar, Random, Formatter, Scanner.
UNIT V Applet, GUI Programming with Swings, Accessing Databases with JDBC 8Hrs
Applet: Basics, Architecture, Applet Skeleton, requesting repainting, using the status window, passing
parameters to applets
GUI Programming with Swings – The origin and design philosophy of swing, components and
containers, layout managers, event handling, using a push button, jtextfield, jlabel and image icon, the
swing buttons, jtext field, jscrollpane, jlist, jcombobox, trees, jtable, An overview of jmenubar, jmenu and
jmenuitem, creating a main menu, showmessagedialog, showconfirmdialog, showinputdialog,
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

showoptiondialog, jdialog, create a modeless dialog.


Accessing Databases with JDBC:
Types of Drivers, JDBC Architecture, JDBC classes and Interfaces, Basic steps in developing JDBC
applications, Creating a new database and table with JDBC.

Textbooks:
1. Java The complete reference, 9th edition, Herbert Schildt, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Java How to Program, 10th Edition, Paul Dietel, Harvey Dietel, Pearson Education.
Reference Books:
1. Understanding Object-Oriented Programming with Java, updated edition, T. Budd, Pearson
Education.
2. Core Java Volume – 1 Fundamentals, Cay S. Horstmann, Pearson Education.
3. Java Programming for core and advanced learners, Sagayaraj, Dennis, Karthik andGajalakshmi,
University Press
4. Introduction to Java programming, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson Education.
5. Object Oriented Programming through Java, P. Radha Krishna, University Press.
6. Programming in Java, S. Malhotra, S. Chaudhary, 2 nd edition, Oxford Univ. Press.
7. Java Programming and Object-oriented Application Development, R.A. Johnson,
Cengage Learning.
Online Learning Resources:
https://www.w3schools.com/java/java_oop.asp
http://peterindia.net/JavaFiles.html
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(20A38302) HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION

Course Objectives:
 To understand the fundamentals of human computer interaction including concepts of the
user-centric design, modern user interfaces, rapid prototyping, usability, and user
evaluations.
 To understand the perceptual and cognitive basis of human-computer interaction.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Analyze Human-Computer Interaction principles and designs in Information Systems.
• Compare various HCI designs to gain knowledge on user-centric interfaces.
• Evaluate the Internet sites considering; usability and user appreciation designs.
• Apply Information Systems tools to prototype the end-user design.
• Develop end-user interfaces incorporating problem solving solutions in HCI.
UNIT I Foundations of HCI Lecture 8Hrs
The Human: I/O channels – Memory – Reasoning and problem solving; The computer: Devices –
Memory – processing and networks; Interaction: Models – frameworks – Ergonomics – styles –
elements – interactivity Paradigms.
UNIT II Design & Software Process Lecture 9Hrs
Interactive Design basics – process – scenarios – navigation – screen design – Iteration and
prototyping. HCI in software process – software life cycle – usability engineering – Prototyping in
practice – design rationale. Design rules – principles, standards, guidelines, rules. Evaluation
Techniques – Universal Design.
UNIT III Models and Theories Lecture 8Hrs
Cognitive models –Socio-Organizational issues and stake holder requirements –Communication and
collaboration models-Hypertext, Multimedia and WWW.

UNIT IV Mobile HCI Lecture 8Hrs


Mobile Ecosystem: Platforms, Application frameworks- Types of Mobile Applications: Widgets,
Applications, Games- Mobile Information Architecture, Mobile 2.0, Mobile Design: Elements of
Mobile Design, Tools.
UNIT V Web Interface Design Lecture9 Hrs
Designing Web Interfaces – Drag & Drop, Direct Selection, Contextual Tools, Overlays, Inlays and
Virtual Pages, Process Flow. Case Studies.
Textbooks:
1. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory Abowd, Russell Beale, Human Computer Interaction, Third
Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
2. Brian Fling, Mobile Design and Development, First Edition , O’Reilly Media, 2009
3. Bill Scott and Theresa Neil, Designing Web Interfaces, First Edition, O’Reilly, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Human Computer Interaction: An Empirical Research Perspective by I. Schott Mackenzie,
(Morgan Kaufmann)
2. Research Methods in Human-Computer Interaction, by Jonathan Lazar, Jinjuan Heidi Feng,
Harry Hochheiser, (Wiley)
3. Interaction Design: Beyond Human-Computer Interaction (4th Edition) by Jenny Preece,
Helen Sharp, Yvonne Rogers (Wiley)
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106103115
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-I Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

(20A38301P) DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN & COMPUTER ORGANIZATION LAB

Course Objectives:
 To understand all the concepts of Logic Gates and Boolean Functions.
 To learn about Combinational Logic and Sequential Logic Circuits.
 To design logic circuits using Programmable Logic Devices.
 To learn Assembly Language Programming of 8086.
Course Outcomes:
 Design any Logic circuit using basic concepts of Boolean Algebra.
 Design any Logic circuit using basic concepts of PLDs.
 Design and develop any application using 8086 Microprocessor.
List of Experiments:
Note: Minimum of 12 (6+6) experiments shall be conducted from both the sections
given below:
Digital Logic Design:
1. Implement Logic gates using NAND and NOR gates
2. Design a Full adder using gates
3. Design and implement the 4:1 MUX, 8:1 MUX using gates /ICs.
4. Design and Implement a 3 to 8 decoder using gates
5. Design a 4 bit comparator using gates/IC
6. Design and Implement a 4 bit shift register using Flip flops
7. Design and Implement a Decade counter.
Write assembly language programs for the following using GNU Assembler.
1. 8 Bit Addition and Subtraction.
2. 16 Bit Addition.
3. BCD Addition .
4. BCD Subtraction.
5. 8 Bit Multiplication.
6. 8 Bit Division.
7. Searching for an Element in an Array.
8. Sorting in Ascending and Descending Orders.
9. Finding Largest and Smallest Elements from an Array.
10. Block Move
References:
1. Switching theory and logic design –A. Anand Kumar PHI, 2013
2. Advanced microprocessor & Peripherals-A. K. Ray and K. M. Bherchandavi, TMH, 2nd
edition.
3. Switching and Finite Automatic theory-ZviKohavi, NirajK.Jha Cambridge, 3rd edition
4. Digital Design –Morris Mano, PHI, 3rd edition
5. Microprocessor and Interfacing –Douglas V. Hall, TMGH 2nd edition
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
http://vlabs.iitkgp.ernet.in/coa/#
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-I Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

(20A05301P) ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB

Course Objectives:
 Learn data structures for various applications.
 Implement different operations of data structures by optimizing the performance.
 Develop applications using Greedy, Divide and Conquer, dynamic programming.
 Implement applications for backtracking algorithms using relevant data structures.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Understand and apply data structure operations.
 Understand and apply non-linear data structure operations.
 Apply Greedy, divide and conquer algorithms.
 Develop dynamic programming algorithms for various real-time applications.
 Illustrate and apply backtracking algorithms, further able to understand non-deterministic
algorithms.
List of Experiments:
1. Write a program to implement the following operations on Binary Search Tree:
a) Insert b) Delete c) Search d) Display
2. Write a program to perform a Binary Search for a given set of integer values.
3. Write a program to implement Splay trees.
4. Write a program to implement Merge sort for the given list of integer values.
5. Write a program to implement Quicksort for the given list of integer values.
6. Write a program to find the solution for the knapsack problem using the greedy method.
7. Write a program to find minimum cost spanning tree using Prim’s algorithm
8. Write a program to find minimum cost spanning tree using Kruskal’s algorithm
9. Write a program to find a single source shortest path for a given graph.
10. Write a program to find the solution for job sequencing with deadlines problems.
11. Write a program to find the solution for a 0-1 knapsack problem using dynamic programming.
12. Write a program to solve Sum of subsets problem for a given set of distinct numbers using
backtracking.
13. Implement N Queen's problem using Back Tracking.

References:
1. Y Daniel Liang, “Introduction to Programming using Python”, Pearson.
2. Benjamin Baka, David Julian, “Python Data Structures and Algorithms”, Packt Publishers,2017.
3. Rance D. Necaise, “Data Structures and Algorithms using Python”, Wiley Student Edition.
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
http://cse01-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/
http://peterindia.net/Algorithms.html
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-I Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(20A05302P)OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA LAB

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts of Java.
 To Practice object-oriented programs and build java applications.
 To implement java programs for establishing interfaces.
 To implement sample programs for developing reusable software components.
 To establish database connectivity in java and implement GUI applications.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Recognize the Java programming environment.
 Develop efficient programs using multithreading.
 Design reliable programs using Java exception handling features.
 Extend the programming functionality supported by Java.
 Select appropriate programming constructs to solve a problem.
List of Experiments:
Week-1
a. Installation of Java software, study of any Integrated development environment, Use Eclipse or
Netbeans platform and acquaint with the various menus. Create a test project, add a test class and run
it.
See how you can use auto suggestions, auto fill. Try code formatter and code refactoring like
renaming variables, methods and classes. Try debug step by step with java program to find prime
numbers between 1 to n.
b. Write a Java program that prints all real solutions to the quadratic equation ax2+bx+c=0. Read in a,
b, c and use the quadratic formula.
c. Develop a Java application to generate Electricity bills. Create a class with the following members:
Consumer no., consumer name, previous month reading, current month reading, type of EB
connection (i.e domestic or commercial). Commute the bill amount using the following tariff.
If the type of the EB connection is domestic, calculate the amount to be paid as follows:
 First 100 units - Rs. 1 per unit
 101-200 units - Rs. 2.50 per unit
 201 -500 units - Rs. 4 per unit
 > 501 units - Rs. 6 per unit
If the type of the EB connection is commercial, calculate the amount to be paid as follows:
 First 100 units - Rs. 2 per unit
 101-200 units - Rs. 4.50 per unit
 201 -500 units - Rs. 6 per unit
 > 501 units - Rs. 7 per unit
d. Write a Java program to multiply two given matrices.
Week-2
a. Write Java program on use of inheritance, preventing inheritance using final, abstract classes.
b. Write Java program on dynamic binding, differentiating method overloading and overriding.
c. Develop a java application to implement currency converter (Dollar to INR, EURO to INR, Yen)
using
Interfaces.
Week-3
a. Write Java program that inputs 5 numbers, each between 10 and 100 inclusive. As each number is
read, display it only if it’s not a duplicate of any number already read display the complete set of
unique values input after the user enters each new value.
b. Write a Java Program to create an abstract class named Shape that contains two integers and an
empty method named print Area(). Provide three classes named Rectangle, Triangle and Circle
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

such that each one of the classes extends the class Shape. Each one of the classes contains only the
method print Area () that prints the area of the given shape.
c. Write a Java program to read the time intervals (HH:MM) and to compare system time if the
system Time between your time intervals print correct time and exit else try again to repute the
same thing. By using StringToknizer class.
Week-4
a. Write a Java program to implement user defined exception handling.
b. Write java program that inputs 5 numbers, each between 10 and 100 inclusive. As each number
is read display it only if it‘s not a duplicate of any number already read. Display the complete set
of unique values input after the user enters each new value.
Week-5
a. Write a Java program that creates a user interface to perform integer division. The user enters
two numbers in the text fields, Num1 and Num2. The division of Num1 and Num2 is displayed
in the Result field when the Divide button is clicked. If Num1 and Num2 were not integers, the
program would throw a Number Format Exception. If Num2 were zero, the program would throw
an Arithmetic Exception Display the exception in a message dialog box.
b. Write a Java program that creates three threads. First thread displays ―Good Morning‖ every
one second, the second thread displays ―Hello‖ every two seconds and the third thread displays
―Welcome‖ every three seconds.
Week-6
a. Write a java program to split a given text file into n parts. Name each part as the name of the
original file followed by .part where n is the sequence number of the part file.
b. Write a Java program that reads a file name from the user, displays information about whether
the file exists, whether the file is readable, or writable, the type of file and the length of the file
in bytes.
Week-7
a. Write a java program that displays the number of characters, lines and words in a text file.
b. Write a java program that reads a file and displays the file on the screen with line number
before each line.
Week-8
a. Write a Java program that correctly implements the producer-consumer problem using the
concept of inter thread communication.
b. Develop a Java application for stack operation using Buttons and JOptionPane input and
Message dialog box.
c. Develop a Java application to perform Addition, Division, Multiplication and subtraction using
the JOptionPane dialog Box and Textfields.
Week-9
a. Develop a Java application for the blinking eyes and mouth should open while blinking.
b. Develop a Java application that simulates a traffic light. The program lets the user select one of
the three lights: Red, Yellow or Green with radio buttons. On selecting a button an appropriate
message with ―STOP‖ or ―READY‖ or ‖GO‖ should appear above the buttons in the selected color.
Initially, there is no message shown.
Week-10
a. Develop a Java application to implement the opening of a door while opening man should
present before hut and closing man should disappear.
b. Develop a Java application by using JtextField to read decimal values and converting a decimal
number into a binary number then print the binary value in another JtextField.
Week-11
a. Develop a Java application that handles all mouse events and shows the event name at the
center of the window when a mouse event is fired. Use adapter classes.
b. Develop a Java application to demonstrate the key event handlers.
Week-12
a. Develop a Java application to find the maximum value from the given type of elements using a
generic function.
b. Develop a Java application that works as a simple calculator. Use a grid layout to arrange
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

buttons for the digits and for the +, -,*, % operations. Add a text field to display the result.
c . Develop a Java application for handling mouse events.
Week-13
a. Develop a Java application to establish a JDBC connection, create a table student with
properties name, register number, mark1, mark2, mark3. Insert the values into the table by using
java and display the information of the students at front end.

References:
1. P. J. Deitel, H. M. Deitel, “Java for Programmers”, Pearson Education, PHI, 4th Edition, 2007.
2. P. Radha Krishna, “Object Oriented Programming through Java”, Universities Press, 2nd Edition,
2007
3. Bruce Eckel, “Thinking in Java”, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2006.
4. Sachin Malhotra, Saurabh Chaudhary, “Programming in Java”, Oxford University Press, 5th
Edition, 2010.
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
https://java-iitd.vlabs.ac.in/
http://peterindia.net/JavaFiles.html
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(20A52201) UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES


Course Objectives:
The objective of the course is fourfold:
 Development of a holistic perspective based on self-exploration about themselves (human
being), family, society and nature/existence.
 Understanding (or developing clarity) of the harmony in the human being, family, society and
nature/existence
 Strengthening of self-reflection.
 Development of commitment and courage to act.
Course Outcomes (CO):
By the end of the course,
 Students are expected to become more aware of themselves, and their surroundings (family,
society, nature)
 They would become more responsible in life, and in handling problems with sustainable
solutions, while keeping human relationships and human nature in mind.
 They would have better critical ability.
 They would also become sensitive to their commitment towards what they have understood
(human values, human relationship and human society).
 It is hoped that they would be able to apply what they have learnt to their own self in different
day-to-day settings in real life, at least a beginning would be made in this direction.
UNIT - I Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value
Education 8 Hrs
Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human Values-I
Self-Exploration–what is it? - Its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and Experiential
Validation- as the process for self-exploration
Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations
Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility- the basic requirements for fulfilment of
aspirations of every human being with their correct priority
Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current scenario
Method to fulfil the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at various levels.
Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate acceptance for
living with responsibility (living in relationship, harmony and co-existence) rather than as
arbitrariness in choice based on liking-disliking
UNIT - II Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself 12 Hrs
Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material ‘Body’
Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness and physical facility
Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer)
Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’
Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct appraisal of Physical
needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail
Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health.
Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played in making material goods available to
me. Identifying from one’s own life. Differentiate between prosperity and accumulation. Discuss
program for ensuring health vs dealing with disease
UNIT - III Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human-
Human Relationship 8 Hrs
Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice (nine universal values in
relationships) and program for its fulfilment to ensure mutual happiness; Trust and Respect as the
foundational values of relationship
Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and competence
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and differentiation; the other
salient values in relationship
Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family): Resolution,
Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive Human Goals
Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society, Universal Order- from
family to world family.
Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as extended family,
real life examples, teacher-student relationship, goal of education etc. Gratitude as a universal value in
relationships. Discuss with scenarios. Elicit examples from students’ lives
UNIT – IV Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as
Coexistence 10 Hrs
Understanding the harmony in the Nature
Interconnectedness and mutual fulfilment among the four orders of nature- recyclability and self-
regulation in nature
Understanding Existence as Co-existence of mutually interacting units in all- pervasive space
Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence.
Include practice sessions to discuss human being as cause of imbalance in nature (film “Home” can be
used), pollution, depletion of resources and role of technology etc.
UNIT – V Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional
Ethics 8 Hrs
Natural acceptance of human values
Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct
Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order
Competence in professional ethics: a. Ability to utilize the professional competence for augmenting
universal human order b. Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of people friendly and eco-
friendly production systems, c. Ability to identify and develop appropriate technologies and
management patterns for above production systems.
Case studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and production systems
Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order:
a. At the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers, technologists and
managers
b. At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations
Sum up.
Include practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice (tutorial) Sessions eg. To
discuss the conduct as an engineer or scientist etc.
Textbooks:
1. R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, “A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional
Ethics”, 2nd Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019. ISBN 978-93-87034-47-1
2. R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, “Teachers’ Manual for A Foundation Course in Human
Values and Professional Ethics”, 2nd Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019. ISBN
978-93-87034-53-2
Reference Books:
Jeevan Vidya: EkParichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amar kantak, 1999.
A. N. Tripathi, “Human Values”, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
The Story of Stuff (Book).
Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi “The Story of My Experiments with Truth”
E. FSchumacher. “Small is Beautiful”
Slow is Beautiful –Cecile Andrews
J C Kumarappa “Economy of Permanence”
Pandit Sunderlal “Bharat Mein Angreji Raj”
Dharampal, “Rediscovering India”
Mohandas K. Gandhi, “Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule”
India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
Vivekananda - Romain Rolland(English)
Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

MODE OF CONDUCT
Lecture hours are to be used for interactive discussion, placing the proposals about the topics at hand
and motivating students to reflect, explore and verify them. Tutorial hours are to be used for practice
sessions.
While analyzing and discussing the topic, the faculty mentor’s role is in pointing to essential elements
to help in sorting them out from the surface elements. In other words, help the students explore the
important or critical elements.
In the discussions, particularly during practice sessions (tutorials), the mentor encourages the student
to connect with one’s own self and do self-observation, self-reflection and self-exploration.
Scenarios may be used to initiate discussion. The student is encouraged to take up “ordinary”
situations rather than” extra-ordinary” situations. Such observations and their analyses are shared and
discussed with other students and faculty mentor, in a group sitting.
Tutorials (experiments or practical) are important for the course. The difference is that the laboratory
is everyday life, and practicals are how you behave and work in real life. Depending on the nature of
topics, worksheets, home assignments and/or activities are included. The practice sessions (tutorials)
would also provide support to a student in performing actions commensurate to his/her beliefs. It is
intended that this would lead to development of commitment, namely behaving and working based on
basic human values.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-I Sem L T P C
1 0 2 2
(20A38303) DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY USING ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
(SKILL Oriented Course - I)

Course Objectives:
 Acquire the knowledge of manipulating images, Resize, Crop and Save images
 Understand different selection methods for an object
 Acquire the knowledge of creating, editing, deleting and managing Layers
 Learn various Filters used in Photoshop.
 Explore various techniques for adjusting colors and applying masks
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Edit/manipulate images and save as different image formats
 Select various objects from an image using selection tools
 Identify and separate different parts/objects of an image using layers
 Improve the image quality and other factors by applying different filters
 Adjust colors and masks in an image/photo
Module – 1
Get Started with Photoshop:
Open images, Get familiar with the work area, Learn how to zoom and pan, Undo a command, Save
your work in different file formats.
Task: Download and Install Adobe Photoshop and try various layout components like menu, option
bars, panels etc.

Module - 2
Change the image size:
Resize an image, Set the resolution, Crop and straighten an image, Expand the canvas.
Task: Take a photo and crop it as a passport size photograph with proper resolution.

Module - 3
Work with layers:
Understand layers, Learn layer basics, Resize a layer, Add images to a layered design, Unlock the
Background layer
Task: Take a background image and make a collage of multiple photos

Module - 4
Adjust the image quality:
Adjust brightness and contrast, Adjustcolorvibrance, Adjust hue and saturation, Learn about
adjustment layers
Task: Practice various adjustments like brightness, contrast, hue, saturation, etc. to improve the
quality of the image.

Module - 5
Make selections: Learn selection basics, Learn how to use the Quick Selection and Lasso tools, Fine-
tune a selection.
Task: Open an image and select various objects like persons, buildings precisely using different
selection tools.

Module - 6
Retouch images: Remove small objects, Add objects by cloning, Remove a large object
Task: Select an image and Use the Spot Healing Brush tool to remove objects, Use the Clone Stamp
tool to add new objects
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Module - 7
Use color: Work with brushes, Use foreground and background colors, Choosecolors using the Color
Picker, the Color panel, or the Swatches panel.
Task: Practice different coloring tools and brushes by changing the color of objects like buildings,
costumes, etc.

Module - 8
Advanced techniques for changing the color of an object:
Select an object, Create a layer group and apply a mask to the group, Apply a new color and adjust
its hue and saturation, Adjust the brightness of the new color
Task: Apply color to an object using techniques that create a realistic color match and that bring the
object to life

Module - 9
Add text and shapes: Add Text, Edit Text, Create a graphic shape, Add a built-in custom shape
Task: Imagine & Design an Event in a symposium and create a poster for the event with different
types of text and shapes.

Module - 10
Combine images: Add texture to an image, Add an object to an image with a layer mask, Replace a
background using a layer mask.
Task: Select a group photo image and highlight one person and mask others(like highlighting a main
artist among background artists).

Module - 11
Apply filters: Browse the Filter Gallery, Blur an image with Smart Filters, Add creative blur to
photos
Task: Practice various filters available in photoshop like Distort, Noise, Pixelate, Render, Sharpen,
etc.
Module - 12
Adjust and exaggerate facial features: Use Face-Aware Liquefy to change a person's face, Open an
image, Enlarge the eyes, Adjust the shape of the nose, Widen the smile, Enlongate the face, Close
Liquify and Save.
Task: Change a Person's face from normal facial expressions to smiling facial expressions.
References:
1. Laskevitch, Stephen. Adobe Photoshop. United States, Rocky Nook, Inc., 2020.
2. Faulkner, Andrew, and Chavez, Conrad. Adobe Photoshop Classroom in a Book (2020
Release). United Kingdom, Pearson Education, 2019.
3. Adobe Photoshop CC 2021 Release - Classroom in a Book, Adobe Press. ISBN:
9780136904670
4. Digital Artistry and Special Effects with Photoshop by Jill Malone.
5. Visual Alchemy: The Fine Art of Digital Montage by Catherine McIntyre.
The Photoshop Workbook: Professional Retouching and Compositing Tips, Tricks, and
Techniques by Glyn Dewis.
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
https://www.adobe.com/in/products/photoshop.html
https://helpx.adobe.com/in/support/photoshop.html
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A54406) MATHEMATICAL MODELLING & SIMULATION

Course Objectives:
This course focuses on what is needed to build simulation software environments, and not just
building simulations using preexisting packages.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
 Understand basic Model Forms.
 Understand basic Simulation Approaches.
 Evaluate handling Stepped and Event-based Time in Simulations.
 Distinguish Discrete versus Continuous Modeling.
 Apply Numerical Techniques.
 Calculate Sources and Propagation of Error.
UNIT I 8 Hrs
Simulation Basics-Handling Stepped and Event-based Time in Simulations-Discrete versus
Continuous Modelling-Numerical Techniques-Sources and Propagation of Error

UNIT II 9 Hrs
Dynamical, Finite State, and Complex Model Simulations-Graph or Network Transitions Based
Simulations-Actor Based Simulations-Mesh Based Simulations-Hybrid Simulations

UNIT III 8 Hrs


Converting to Parallel and Distributed Simulations-Partitioning the Data-Partitioning the Algorithms-
Handling Inter-partition Dependencies

UNIT IV 8 Hrs
Probability and Statistics for Simulations and Analysis-Introduction to Queues and Random Noise-
Random Variates Generation-Sensitivity Analysis

UNIT V 9 Hrs
Simulations Results Analysis and Viewing Tools-Display Forms: Tables, Graphs, and
Multidimensional Visualization-Terminals, X and MS Windows, and Web Interfaces-Validation of
Model Results.

Textbooks:
1. Mathematical modeling, JN Kapur, Newage publishers
2. Mathematical Modeling and Simulation: Introduction for Scientists and Engineers
by Kai Velten, Wiley Publishers
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Mathematical Modeling and Computer Simulations
By Vladimir Mityushev,WojciechNawalaniecNataliaRylkoPublished by Chapman and
Hall/CRC.
Online Learning Resources:
http://www.cse.chalmers.se/~dag/docs/matmodReport6.pdf
https://www.slideshare.net/arupparia/introduction-to-mathematical-modelling-42588379
https://www.slideshare.net/mailrenuka/simulation-for-queuing-problems-using-random-numbers
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05401T) DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Course Objectives:
This course is designed to:
 Train in the fundamental concepts of database management systems, database modeling and design,
SQL, PL/SQL and system implementation techniques.
 Enable students to model ER diagrams for any customized application
 Inducting appropriate strategies for optimization of queries.
 Provide knowledge on concurrency techniques
 Demonstrate the organization of Databases

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Design a database for a real-world information system
 Define transactions that preserve the integrity of the database
 Generate tables for a database
 Organize the data to prevent redundancy
 Pose queries to retrieve the information from the database.

UNIT I Introduction, Introduction to Relational Model 9Hrs


Introduction: Database systems applications, Purpose of Database Systems, view of Data, Database
Languages, Relational Databases, Database Design, Data Storage and Querying, Transaction Management,
Database Architecture, Data Mining and Information Retrieval, Specialty Databases, Database users and
Administrators,
Introduction to Relational Model: Structure of Relational Databases, Database Schema, Keys, Schema
Diagrams, Relational Query Languages, Relational Operations

UNIT II Introduction to SQL, Advanced SQL 9 Hrs


Introduction to SQL: Overview of the SQL Query Language, SQL Data Definition, Basic Structure of SQL
Queries, Additional Basic Operations, Set Operations, Null Values, Aggregate Functions, Nested Sub-queries,
Modification of the Database. Intermediate SQL: Joint Expressions, Views, Transactions, Integrity Constraints,
SQL Data types and schemas, Authorization.
Advanced SQL: Accessing SQL from a Programming Language, Functions and Procedures, Triggers,
Recursive Queries, OLAP, Formal relational query languages.

UNIT III Database Design and the E-R Model, Relational Database Design 8Hrs
Database Design and the E-R Model: Overview of the Design Process, The Entity-Relationship Model,
Constraints, Removing Redundant Attributes in Entity Sets, Entity-Relationship Diagrams, Reduction to
Relational Schemas, Entity-Relationship Design Issues.
Relational Database Design:
Features of Good Relational Designs, Atomic Domains and First Normal Form, Decomposition Using
Functional Dependencies, Functional-Dependency Theory, Algorithms for Decomposition, Decomposition
Using Multivalued Dependencies, More Normal Forms.

UNIT IV Query Processing, Query optimization 8 Hrs


Query Processing: Overview, Measures of Query cost, Selection operation, sorting, Join Operation, other
operations, Evaluation of Expressions.
Query optimization: Overview, Transformation of Relational Expressions, Estimating statistics of Expression
results, Choice of Evaluation Plans, Materialized views, Advanced Topics in Query Optimization.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

UNIT V Transaction Management, Concurrency Control, Recovery System 10Hrs


Transaction Management:
Transactions: Concept, A Simple Transactional Model, Storage Structures, Transaction Atomicity and
Durability, Transaction Isolation, Serializability, Isolation and Atomicity, Transaction Isolation Levels,
Implementation of Isolation Levels, Transactions as SQL Statements.
Concurrency Control: Lock-based Protocols, Deadlock Handling, Multiple granularity, Timestamp-based
Protocols, and Validation-based Protocols.
Recovery System: Failure Classification, Storage, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery Algorithm, Buffer
Management, Failure with Loss of Nonvolatile Storage, Early Lock Release and Logical Undo Operations.

Textbooks:
1. A.Silberschatz, H.F.Korth, S.Sudarshan, “Database System Concepts”,6/e, TMH 2019

Reference Books:
1. Database Management System, 6/e RamezElmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, PEA
2. Database Principles Fundamentals of Design Implementation and Management, Carlos Coronel, Steven
Morris, Peter Robb, Cengage Learning.
3.Database Management Systems, 3/e, Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke,TMH
Online Learning Resources:
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs04/preview
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05402T) OPERATING SYSTEMS

Course Objectives:
The course is designed to
 Understand basic concepts and functions of operating systems
 Understand the processes, threads and scheduling algorithms.
 Provide good insight on various memory management techniques
 Expose the students with different techniques of handling deadlocks
 Explore the concept of file-system and its implementation issues
 Familiarize with the basics of the Linux operating system
 Implement various schemes for achieving system protection and security
Course Outcomes (CO):
 After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Realize how applications interact with the operating system
 Analyze the functioning of a kernel in an Operating system.
 Summarize resource management in operating systems
 Analyze various scheduling algorithms
 Examine concurrency mechanism in Operating Systems
 Apply memory management techniques in the design of operating systems
 Understand the functionality of the file system
 Compare and contrast memory management techniques.
 Understand deadlock prevention and avoidance.
 Perform administrative tasks on Linux based systems.

UNIT I Operating Systems Overview, System Structures 8Hrs


Operating Systems Overview: Introduction, Operating system functions, Operating systems
operations, Computing environments, Open-Source Operating Systems
System Structures: Operating System Services, User and Operating-System Interface, systems calls,
Types of System Calls, system programs, Operating system Design and Implementation, Operating
system structure, Operating system debugging, System Boot.

UNIT II Process Concept, Multithreaded Programming, Process 10Hrs


Scheduling, Inter-process Communication
Process Concept: Process scheduling, Operations on processes, Inter-process communication,
Communication in client server systems.
Multithreaded Programming: Multithreading models, Thread libraries, Threading issues,
Examples.
Process Scheduling: Basic concepts, Scheduling criteria, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple processor
scheduling, Thread scheduling, Examples.
Inter-process Communication: Race conditions, Critical Regions, Mutual exclusion with busy
waiting, Sleep and wakeup, Semaphores, Mutexes, Monitors, Message passing, Barriers, Classical
IPC Problems - Dining philosophers problem, Readers and writers problem.

UNIT III Memory-Management Strategies, Virtual Memory Management Lecture 8Hrs


Memory-Management Strategies: Introduction, Swapping, Contiguous memory allocation, Paging,
Segmentation, Examples.
Virtual Memory Management: Introduction, Demand paging, Copy on-write, Page replacement,
Frame allocation, Thrashing, Memory-mapped files, Kernel memory allocation, Examples.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

UNIT IV Deadlocks, File Systems Lecture 9Hrs


Deadlocks: Resources, Conditions for resource deadlocks, Ostrich algorithm, Deadlock detection
And recovery, Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock prevention.
File Systems: Files, Directories, File system implementation, management and optimization.
Secondary-Storage Structure: Overview of disk structure, and attachment, Disk scheduling, RAID
structure, Stable storage implementation.
UNIT V System Protection, System Security Lecture 8Hrs
System Protection: Goals of protection, Principles and domain of protection, Access matrix, Access
control, Revocation of access rights.
System Security: Introduction, Program threats, System and network threats, Cryptography as a
security, User authentication, implementing security defenses, firewalling to protect systems and
networks, Computer security classification.
Case Studies: Linux, Microsoft Windows.

Textbooks:
1. Silberschatz A, Galvin P B, and Gagne G, Operating System Concepts, 9th edition, Wiley,
2016.
2. Tanenbaum A S, Modern Operating Systems, 3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
(Topics: Inter-process Communication and File systems.)

Reference Books:
1. Tanenbaum A S, Woodhull A S, Operating Systems Design and Implementation, 3rd edition,
PHI, 2006.
2. Dhamdhere D M, Operating Systems A Concept Based Approach, 3rd edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2012.
3. Stallings W, Operating Systems -Internals and Design Principles, 6th edition, Pearson
Education, 2009
4. Nutt G, Operating Systems, 3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2004
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106144/
http://peterindia.net/OperatingSystems.html
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A38401T) VISUAL DESIGN & COMMUNICATION

Course Objectives:
 To understand the principles of the visual language and their semantic use.
 To communicate more concisely and in a visually appropriate manner, it is necessary to use
commonly understood principles, perspective and design layout standards.
 To understand the fundamentals of Typography and Photography
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Create visual compositions using basic elements and apply appropriate principles of visual
composition to communicate ideas.
• Develop the ability to perceive, visualize and communicate visual elements as visual
narratives.
• Apply the visual dynamics of visual language in Typography, Photography and
Videography.
• Develop the ability to address simple communication problems through a visualization
process and construct mental imageries
• Execute design solutions using appropriate software programmes.

UNIT I Introduction to Visual Design Lecture 8Hrs


Introduction to Visual Design: The importance of understanding visual language and its relation in
context to nature and environment.
Elements of Visual Language: Exploring and understanding Dots, Lines, Forms, Space, Pattern,
Texture and Colour as an elements of visual language.

UNIT II Introduction to the Principles of Visual Language Lecture 8Hrs


Introduction to the Principles of Visual Language: Visual explorations and experiments with
Form, Colour, and Space, Texture, in relation to the context and environments – Concepts of
harmony, balance, contrast, proportion, order, symmetry, asymmetry, rhythm, tension, juxtaposition,
proximity, size, scale, proportion, orientation, alignment, variety, gradation, dominance,
subordination, transition etc.

UNIT III Introduction to Fundamentals of Typography Lecture 9Hrs


Introduction to Fundamentals of Typography: Introduction to Type and its History-Type as a
form and means of communication in our environment-Introduction to Indian type: Vernacular letter-
forms-Classification of types: Typefaces, type families and type designers-Anatomy of the type: x-
height, ascenders, descenders, counter, cap-height, baseline, etc-Typographic variables: Kerning,
tracking, leading, spacing etc.-Semantics of type: Legibility & readability issues in type and meaning
attributed to type. 4h. Expressive Typography-Introduction to printing techniques
UNIT IV Introduction to Photography Lecture 9Hrs
Introduction to Photography: Introduction and Orientation: Art and Science of Photography.
Drawing out parallels / differences between the EYE and the CAMERA-Camera: Understanding the
various controls on a Digital SLR Camera Features and Details. Shooting Modes. Aperture and
Depth of Field. Shutter Speed. Critical Shutter Speeds and Effects- Exposure: Exposure as function
of Quantity of Light and Time. Getting used to shooting in Manual Mode and learning to measure
light using the camera’s built-in exposure meter-Film Speed/Sensor Sensitivity: Understanding the
role of sensitivity in Exposure. ISO/ASA and Digital Noise-Lenses: Different Types of Lenses.
Classification of Lenses by Focal Lengths. Angle of View. Fixed Focal Length and Zoom Lenses.
Close up and Macro Lenses-Light and Color Temperature- Digital Post-Production: Introduction to
File-Formats. RAW vs.JPG. Understanding resolution, resizing and basic image post processing
using Photoshop. Exploring the software to visualize and create digital mosaics.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

UNIT V Introduction to Videography Lecture 9Hrs


Introduction to Videography:Concept development, Storyboarding-Video Shooting - Framing,
Camera movement etcVideo Editing, Defining communication-Sender, Channel and Receiver-
Semiotics - Study of sign process (semiosis), meaningmaking and meaningful communication. Sign,
Signifier, Signified-Denotation and Connotation-Story, narrative and see different perspectives-
Identifying problems, opportunities and improvements. Differentiating problem, need and conflict-
Persona study-Scenario study
Textbooks:
1. Wallschlaeger, Charles, &Busic-Synder, Cynthia, Basic Visual Concepts and Principles for
Artists, Architects and Designers, McGraw-Hill, (1992).
Reference Books:
1. Buxton, Bill, Sketching User Experience: Getting the Design Right and the Right Design
(Interactive Technologies), Morgan Kaufmann, (2007).
2. Caplin, Steve; Banks, Adam,The Complete Guide to Digital Illustration, Publisher: Watson -
Guptill Publications, (2003).
3. Demers, Owen,Digital Texturing & Painting, Publisher: New Riders Press; Bk&CD-
RomEdition,(2001).
4. Cairo, Alberto, The Functional Art. New Riders. (2013).
5. Pogany, Willy,The Art of Drawing, Publisher: Madison Books, (1996).

Online Learning Resources:


https://nptel.ac.in/courses/124107002
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A52301) MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
(Humanities Elective-I)

Course Objectives:
 To inculcate the basic knowledge of micro economics and financial accounting
 To make the students learn how demand is estimated for different products, input-output
relationship for optimizing production and cost
 To Know the Various types of market structure and pricing methods and strategy
 To give an overview on investment appraisal methods to promote the students to learn how
to plan long-term investment decisions.
 To provide fundamental skills on accounting and to explain the process of preparing
financial statements
Course Outcomes:
 Define the concepts related to Managerial Economics, financial accounting and management.
 Understand the fundamentals of Economics viz., Demand, Production, cost, revenue and
markets
 Apply the Concept of Production cost and revenues for effective Business decision
 Analyze how to invest their capital and maximize returns
 Evaluate the capital budgeting techniques
 Develop the accounting statements and evaluate the financial performance of business entity.
UNIT I Managerial Economics

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions, and advantages. Demand-Concept, Function,


Law of Demand - Demand Elasticity- Types – Measurement. Demand Forecasting- Factors
governing Forecasting, Methods. Managerial Economics and Financial Accounting and
Management.

UNIT II Production and Cost Analysis

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Production Function– Least-
cost combination– Short run and Long run Production Function- Isoquants and Isocosts, MRTS -
Cobb-Douglas Production Function - Laws of Returns - Internal and External Economies of scale.
Cost & Break-Even Analysis - Cost concepts and Cost behavior- Break-Even Analysis (BEA) -
Determination of Break-Even Point (Simple Problems)-Managerial significance and limitations of
Break-Even Analysis.

UNIT III Business Organizations and Markets


Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Forms of Business
Organizations- Sole Proprietary - Partnership - Joint Stock Companies - Public Sector Enterprises.
Types of Markets - Perfect and Imperfect Competition - Features of Perfect Competition Monopoly-
Monopolistic Competition–Oligopoly-Price-Output Determination - Pricing Methods and Strategies

UNIT IV Capital Budgeting


Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Types of Working Capital,
Components, Sources of Short-term and Long-term Capital, Estimating Working capital
requirements. Capital Budgeting– Features, Proposals, Methods and Evaluation. Projects – Pay Back
Method, Accounting Rate of Return (ARR) Net Present Value (NPV) Internal Rate Return (IRR)
Method (sample problems)
UNIT V Financial Accounting and Analysis
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Concepts and Conventions-
Double-Entry Book Keeping, Journal, Ledger, Trial Balance- Final Accounts (Trading Account,
Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet with simple adjustments). Financial Analysis - Analysis
and Interpretation of Liquidity Ratios, Activity Ratios, and Capital structure Ratios and Profitability.

Textbooks:
1. Varshney&Maheswari: Managerial Economics, Sultan Chand, 2013.
2. Aryasri: Business Economics and Financial Analysis, 4/e, MGH, 2019

Reference Books:
1. Ahuja Hl Managerial economics Schand,3/e,2013
2. S.A. Siddiqui and A.S. Siddiqui: Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, New Age
International, 2013.
3. Joseph G. Nellis and David Parker: Principles of Business Economics, Pearson, 2/e, New
Delhi.
4. Domnick Salvatore: Managerial Economics in a Global Economy, Cengage,
2013.

Online Learning Resources:


https://www.slideshare.net/123ps/managerial-economics-ppt
https://www.slideshare.net/rossanz/production-and-cost-45827016
https://www.slideshare.net/darkyla/business-organizations-19917607
https://www.slideshare.net/balarajbl/market-and-classification-of-market
https://www.slideshare.net/ruchi101/capital-budgeting-ppt-59565396
https://www.slideshare.net/ashu1983/financial-accounting
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A52302) ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
(Humanities Elective-I)
Course Objectives:
 To enable student’s comprehension of organizational behavior
 To offer knowledge to students on self-motivation, leadership and management
 To facilitate them to become powerful leaders
 To Impart knowledge about group dynamics
 To make them understand the importance of change and development
Course Outcomes :
 Define the Organizational Behaviour, its nature and scope.
 Understand the nature and concept of Organizational behaviour
 Apply theories of motivation to analyse the performance problems
 Analyse the different theories of leadership
 Evaluate group dynamics
 Develop as powerful leader
UNIT I Introduction to Organizational Behavior
Meaning, definition, nature, scope and functions - Organizing Process – Making organizing effective
-Understanding Individual Behaviour –Attitude -Perception - Learning – Personality.

UNIT II Motivation and Leading


Theories of Motivation- Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs - Hertzberg’s Two Factor Theory - Vroom’s
theory of expectancy – Mc Cleland’s theory of needs–Mc Gregor’s theory X and theory Y– Adam’s
equity theory – Locke’s goal setting theory– Alderfer’s ERG theory .
UNIT III Organizational Culture
Introduction – Meaning, scope, definition, Nature - Organizational Climate - Leadership - Traits
Theory–Managerial Grid - Transactional Vs Transformational Leadership - Qualities of good Leader
- Conflict Management -Evaluating Leader- Women and Corporate leadership.
UNIT IV Group Dynamics
Introduction – Meaning, scope, definition, Nature- Types of groups - Determinants of group behavior
- Group process – Group Development - Group norms - Group cohesiveness - Small Groups - Group
decision making - Team building - Conflict in the organization– Conflict resolution

UNIT V Organizational Change and Development


Introduction –Nature, Meaning, scope, definition and functions- Organizational Culture - Changing
the Culture – Change Management – Work Stress Management - Organizational management –
Managerial implications of organization’s change and development

Textbooks:
1. Luthans, Fred, Organisational Behaviour, McGraw-Hill, 12 Th edition 2011
2. P Subba Ran, Organisational Behaviour, Himalya Publishing House 2017
Reference Books:
1. McShane, Organizational Behaviour, TMH 2009
2. Nelson, Organisational Behaviour, Thomson, 2009.
3. Robbins, P. Stephen, Timothy A. Judge, Organisational Behaviour, Pearson 2009.
4. Aswathappa, Organisational Behaviour, Himalaya, 2009
Online Learning Resources:
httphttps://www.slideshare.net/Knight1040/organizational-culture-
9608857s://www.slideshare.net/AbhayRajpoot3/motivation-165556714
https://www.slideshare.net/harshrastogi1/group-dynamics-159412405
https://www.slideshare.net/vanyasingla1/organizational-change-development-26565951
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A52303) BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
(Humanities Elective-I)
Course Objectives:
 To make the student to understand about the business environment
 To enable them in knowing the importance of fiscal and monitory policy
 To facilitate them in understanding the export policy of the country
 To Impart knowledge about the functioning and role of WTO
 To Encourage the student in knowing the structure of stock markets

Course Outcomes:
 Define Business Environment and its Importance.
 Understand various types of business environment.
 Apply the knowledge of Money markets in future investment
 Analyse India’s Trade Policy
 Evaluate fiscal and monitory policy
 Develop a personal synthesis and approach for identifying business opportunities

UNIT I Overview of Business Environment


Introduction – meaning Nature, Scope, significance, functions and advantages. Types-Internal
&External, Micro and Macro. Competitive structure of industries -Environmental analysis-
advantages & limitations of environmental analysis& Characteristics of business.

UNIT II Fiscal & Monetary Policy


Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Public Revenues - Public
Expenditure - Evaluation of recent fiscal policy of GOI. Highlights of Budget- Monetary Policy -
Demand and Supply of Money –RBI -Objectives of monetary and credit policy - Recent trends- Role
of Finance Commission.

UNIT III India’s Trade Policy


Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Magnitude and direction of
Indian International Trade - Bilateral and Multilateral Trade Agreements - EXIM policy and role of
EXIM bank -Balance of Payments– Structure & Major components - Causes for Disequilibrium in
Balance of Payments - Correction measures.

UNIT IV World Trade Organization


Introduction – Nature, significance, functions and advantages. Organization and Structure - Role and
functions of WTO in promoting world trade - GATT -Agreements in the Uruguay Round –TRIPS,
TRIMS - Disputes Settlement Mechanism - Dumping and Anti-dumping Measures.

UNIT V Money Markets and Capital Markets


Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Features and components of
Indian financial systems - Objectives, features and structure of money markets and capital markets -
Reforms and recent development – SEBI – Stock Exchanges - Investor protection and role of SEBI,
Introduction to international finance.

Textbooks:
1. Francis Cherunilam (2009), International Business: Text and Cases, Prentice Hall of India.
2. K. Aswathappa, Essentials of Business Environment: Texts and Cases & Exercises 13th Revised
Edition.HPH2016
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Reference Books:
1.K. V. Sivayya, V. B. M Das (2009), Indian Industrial Economy, Sultan Chand Publishers, New
Delhi, India.
2. Sundaram, Black (2009), International Business Environment Text and Cases, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, India.
3. Chari. S. N (2009), International Business, Wiley India.
4.E. Bhattacharya (2009), International Business, Excel Publications, New Delhi.

Online Learning Resources:


https://www.slideshare.net/ShompaDhali/business-environment-53111245
https://www.slideshare.net/rbalsells/fiscal-policy-ppt
https://www.slideshare.net/aguness/monetary-policy-presentationppt
https://www.slideshare.net/DaudRizwan/monetary-policy-of-india-69561982
https://www.slideshare.net/ShikhaGupta31/indias-trade-policyppt
https://www.slideshare.net/viking2690/wto-ppt-60260883
https://www.slideshare.net/prateeknepal3/ppt-mo
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
20A05401P DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LABORATORY

Course Objectives:
 To implement the basic knowledge of SQL queries and relational algebra.
 To construct database models for different database applications.
 To apply normalization techniques for refining of databases.
 To practice various triggers, procedures, and cursors usingPL/SQL.
 To design and implementation of a database for an organization

Course Outcomes :
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Design database for any real world problem
 Implement PL/SQL programs
 Define SQL queries
 Decide the constraints
 Investigate for data inconsistency

List of Experiments:
Week-1: CREATION OF TABLES

1. Create a table called Employee with the following structure.


Name Type
Empno Number
Ename Varchar2(20)
Job Varchar2(20)
Mgr Number
Sal Number

a. Add a column commission with domain to the Employee table.


b. Insert any five records into the table.
c. Update the column details of job
d. Rename the column of Employ table using alter command.
e. Delete the employee whose empno is19.

2. Create department table with the following structure.

Name Type
Deptno Number
Deptname Varchar2(20)
location Varchar2(20)

a. Add column designation to the department table.


b. Insert values into thetable.
c. List the records of emp table grouped bydeptno.
d. Update the record where deptno is9.
e. Delete any column data from thetable
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

3. Create a table called Customertable

Name Type
Cust name Varchar2(20)
Cust street Varchar2(20)
Cust city Varchar2(20)

a. Insert records into thetable.


b. Add salary column to thetable.
c. Alter the table columndomain.
d. Drop salary column of the customertable.
e. Delete the rows of customer table whose ust_city is ‘hyd’.
f. Create a table called branchtable.

Name Type
Branch name Varchar2(20)
Branch city Varchar2(20)
asserts Number

4. Increase the size of data type for asserts to the branch.


a. Add and drop a column to the branch table.
b. Insert values to the table.
c. Update the branch name column
d. Delete any two columns from the table
5. Create a table called sailor table
Name Type
Sid Number
Sname Varchar2(20)
rating Varchar2(20)
a. Add column age to the sailor table.
b. Insert values into the sailor table.
c. Delete the row with rating>8.
d. Update the column details of sailor.
e. Insert null values into the table.
6. Create a table called reserves table
Name Type
Boat id Integer
sid Integer
day Integer

a. Insert values into the reservestable.


b. Add column time to the reservestable.
c. Alter the column day data type todate.
d. Drop the column time in thetable.
e. Delete the row of the table with somecondition.

Week-2: QUERIES USING DDL AND DML


1. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to theuser.
b. Insert the any three records in the employee table and use rollback. Check theresult.
c. Add primary key constraint and not null constraint to the employeetable.
d. Insert null values to the employee table and verify theresult.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

2. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to theuser.


b. Insert values in the department table and usecommit.
c. Add constraints like unique and not null to the departmenttable.
d. Insert repeated values and null values into thetable.
3. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to theuser.
b. Insert values into the table and use commit.
c. Delete any three records in the department table and use rollback.
d. Add constraint primary key and foreign key to thetable.
4. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to theuser.
b. Insert records in the sailor table and usecommit.
c. Add save point after insertion of records and verify save point.
d. Add constraints not null and primary key to the sailortable.
5. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to theuser.
b. Use revoke command to remove userpermissions.
c. Change password of the usercreated.
d. Add constraint foreign key and notnull.
6. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to theuser.
b. Update the table reserves and use savepointandrollback.
c. Add constraint primary key , foreign key and not null to the reserves table
d. Delete constraint not null to the tablecolumn

Week-3:QUERIES USING AGGREGATE FUNCTIONS

1. a. By using the group by clause, display the enames who belongs to deptno 10
alongwithaveragesalary.
b. Display lowest paid employee details under eachdepartment.
c. Display number of employees working in each department and their departmentnumber.
d. Using built in functions, display number of employees working in each department and their
department name from dept table. Insert deptname to dept table and insert deptname for each
row, do the required thing specified above.
e. List all employees which start with either B or C.
f. Display only these ename of employees where the maximum salary is greater than or
equalto 5000.
2. a. Calculate the average salary for each differentjob.
b. Show the average salary of each job excludingmanager.
c. Show the average salary for all departments employing more than threepeople.
d. Display employees who earn more than thelowest salary in department 30
e. Show that value returned by sign (n)function.
f. How many days between day of birth to currentdate
3. a. Show that two substring as singlestring.
b. List all employee names, salary and 15% rise insalary.
c. Display lowest paid emp details under eachmanager
d. Display the average monthly salary bill for eachdeptno.
e. Show the average salary for all departments employing more than twopeople.
f. By using the group by clause, display the eid who belongs to deptno 05 along
withaverage salary.
4. a. Count the number of employees in department20
b. Find the minimum salary earned byclerk.
c. Find minimum, maximum, average salary of allemployees.
d. List the minimum and maximum salaries for each jobtype.
e. List the employee names in descendingorder.
f. List the employee id, names in ascending order byempid.
5. a. Find the sids ,names of sailors who have reserved all boats called“INTERLAKE
Find the age of youngest sailor who is eligible to vote for each rating level with at least two
such sailors.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

b. Find the sname , bid and reservation date for eachreservation.


c. Find the ages of sailors whose name begin and end with B and has at least 3characters.
d. List in alphabetic order all sailors who have reserved redboat.
e. Find the age of youngest sailor for each ratinglevel.
6. a. List the Vendors who have delivered products within 6 months from orderdate.
b. Display the Vendor details who have supplied both Assembled and Subparts.
c. Display the Sub parts by grouping the Vendor type (Local or NonLocal).
d. Display the Vendor details in ascendingorder.
e. Display the Sub part which costs more than any of the Assembledparts.
f. Display the second maximum cost Assembledpart

Week-4: PROGRAMS ON PL/SQL

1. a. Write a PL/SQL program to swaptwonumbers.


b. Write a PL/SQL program to find the largest of threenumbers.
2. a. Write a PL/SQL program to find the total and average of 6 subjects and display thegrade.
b. Write a PL/SQL program to find the sum of digits in a givennumber.
3. a. Write a PL/SQL program to display the number in reverseorder.
b. Writea PL/SQLprogramtocheckwhetherthegivennumberisprimeornot.
4. a. Write a PL/SQL program to find the factorial of a givennumber.
b. Write a PL/SQL code block to calculate the area of a circle for a value of radius varying from
3 to 7. Store the radius and the corresponding values of calculated area in an empty table
named areas, consisting of two columns radius andarea.
5. a. Write a PL/SQL program to accept a string and remove the vowels from the string. (When
‘hello’ passed to the program it should display ‘Hll’ removing e and o from the worldHello).
b. Write a PL/SQL program to accept a number and a divisor. Make sure the divisor is less than
or equal to 10. Else display an error message. Otherwise Display the remainderin words.

Week-5: PROCEDURES AND FUNCTIONS

1. Write a function to accept employee number as parameter and return Basic +HRA together as
single column.
2. Accept year as parameter and write a Function to return the total net salary spent for a givenyear.
3. Create a function to find the factorial of a given number and hence findNCR.
4. Write a PL/SQL block o pint prime Fibonacci series using localfunctions.
5. Create a procedure to find the lucky number of a given birthdate.
6. Create function to the reverse of givennumber

Week-6: TRIGGERS

1. Create a row level trigger for the customers table that would fire for INSERT or UPDATE or
DELETE operations performed on the CUSTOMERS table. This trigger will display the salary
difference between the old values and newvalues:

CUSTOMERS table:

ID NAME AGE ADDRESS SALARY


1 Alive 24 Khammam 2000
2 Bob 27 Kadappa 3000
3 Catri 25 Guntur 4000
4 Dena 28 Hyderabad 5000
5 Eeshwar 27 Kurnool 6000
6 Farooq 28 Nellore 7000

2. Creation of insert trigger, delete trigger, update trigger practice triggers using the passenger
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

database.
Passenger( Passport_ id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, Name VARCHAR (50)
NotNULL, Age Integer Not NULL, Sex Char, Address VARCHAR (50)
NotNULL);
a. Write a Insert Trigger to check the Passport_id is exactly six digits ornot.
b. Write a trigger on passenger to display messages ‘1 Record is inserted’, ‘1 record is
deleted’, ‘1 record is updated’ when insertion, deletion and updation are done on
passengerrespectively.
3. Insert row in employee table using Triggers. Every trigger is created with name any trigger
have same name must be replaced by new name. These triggers can raised before insert, update
or delete rows on data base. The main difference between a trigger and a stored procedure is
that the former is attached to a table and is only fired when an INSERT, UPDATE or
DELETEoccurs.
4. Convert employee name into uppercase whenever an employee record is inserted or updated.
Trigger to fire before the insert orupdate.
5. Trigger before deleting a record from emp table. Trigger will insert the row to be deleted into
table called delete _emp and also record user who has deleted the record and date and time
ofdelete.
6. Create a transparent audit system for a table CUST_MSTR. The system must keep track of the
records that are being deleted orupdated

Week-7:PROCEDURES

1. Create the procedure for palindrome of givennumber.


2. Create the procedure for GCD: Program should load two registers with two Numbers and then
apply the logic for GCD of two numbers. GCD of two numbers is performed by dividing the
greater number by the smaller number till the remainder is zero. If it is zero, the divisor is the
GCD if not the remainder and the divisors of the previous division are the new set of two
numbers. The process is repeated by dividing greater of the two numbers by the smaller
number till the remainder is zero and GCD isfound.
3. Write the PL/SQL programs to create the procedure for factorial of givennumber.
4. Write the PL/SQL programs to create the procedure to find sum of N naturalnumber.
5. Write the PL/SQL programs to create the procedure to find Fibonacciseries.
6. Write the PL/SQL programs to create the procedure to check the given number is perfect ornot

Week-8: CURSORS

1. Write a PL/SQL block that will display the name, dept no, salary of fist highest paidemployees.
2. Update the balance stock in the item master table each time a transaction takes place in the item
transaction table. The change in item master table depends on the item id is already present in
the item master then update operation is performed to decrease the balance stock by the
quantity specified in the item transaction in case the item id is not present in the item master
table then the record is inserted in the item mastertable.
3. Write a PL/SQL block that will display the employee details along with salary usingcursors.
4. To write a Cursor to display the list of employees who are working as a ManagersorAnalyst.
5. To write a Cursor to find employee with given job anddeptno.
6. Write a PL/SQL block using implicit cursor that will display message, the salaries of all the
employees in the ‘employee’ table are updated. If none of the employee’s salary are updated we
getamessage 'None of the salaries were updated'. Else we get a message like for example,
'Salaries for 1000 employees are updated' if there are 1000 rows in ‘employee’ table

Week-9: CASE STUDY: BOOK PUBLISHING COMPANY

A publishing company produces scientific books on various subjects. The books are written by
authors who specialize in one particular subject. The company employs editors who, not
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

necessarily being specialists in a particular area, each take sole responsibility for editing one or
more publications.
A publication covers essentially one of the specialist subjects and is normally written by a single
author. When writing a particular book, each author works with on editor, but may submit another
work for publication to be supervised by other editors. To improve their competitiveness, the
company tries to employ a variety of authors, more than one author being a specialist in a
particular subject for the above case study, do thefollowing:
1. Analyze the datarequired.
2. Normalize theattributes.
Create the logical data model using E-R diagrams

Week-10: CASE STUDY GENERAL HOSPITAL

AGeneralHospitalconsistsofanumberofspecializedwards(suchasMaternity,Pediatric,Oncology,
etc.). Each ward hosts a number of patients, who were admitted on the recommendation of their
ownGP and confirmed by a consultant employed by the Hospital. On admission, the personal
details of every patient are recorded. A separate register is to be held to store the information of the
tests undertaken and the results of a prescribed treatment. A number of tests may be conducted for
each patient. Each patient is assigned to one leading consultant but may be examined by another
doctor, if required. Doctors are specialists in some branch of medicine and may be leading
consultants for a number of patients, not necessarily from the same ward. For the above case study,
do the following.
1. Analyze the datarequired.
2. Normalize theattributes.
Create the logical data model using E-R diagrams

Week-11: CASE STUDY: CAR RENTAL COMPANY

A database is to be designed for a car rental company. The information required includes a
description of cars, subcontractors (i.e. garages), company expenditures, company revenues and
customers. Cars are to be described by such data as: make, model, year of production, engine size,
fuel type, number of passengers, registration number, purchase price, purchase date, rent price and
insurance details. It is the company policy not to keep any car for a period exceeding one year. All
major repairs and maintenance are done by subcontractors (i.e. franchised garages), with whom
CRC has long-term agreements. Therefore the data about garages to be kept in the database
includes garage names, addresses, range of services and the like. Some garages require payments
immediately after a repair has been made; with others CRC has made arrangements for credit
facilities. Company expenditures are to be registered for all outgoings connected with purchases,
repairs, maintenance, insurance etc. Similarly the cash inflow coming from all sources: Car hire,
car sales, insurance claims must be kept of file. CRC maintains a reasonably stable client base. For
this privileged category of customers special creditcard facilities are provided. These customers
may also book in advance a particular car. These reservations can be made for any period of time
up to one month. Casual customers must pay a deposit for an estimated time of rental, unless they
wish to pay by credit card. All major credit cards are accepted. Personal details such as name,
address, telephone number, driving license, number about each customer are kept in the database.
For the above case study, do thefollowing:
1. Analyze the datarequired.
2. Normalize theattributes.
Create the logical data model using E-R diagrams

Week-12: CASE STUDY: STUDENT PROGRESS MONITORING SYSTEM

A database is to be designed for a college to monitor students' progress throughout their course of
study. The students are reading for a degree (such as BA, BA (Hons.) M.Sc., etc) within the
framework of the modular system. The college provides a number of modules, each being
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

characterized by its code, title, credit value, module leader, teaching staff and the department they
come from. A module is coordinated by a module leader who shares teaching duties with one or
more lecturers. A lecturer may teach (and be a module leader for) more than one module. Students
are free to choose any module they wish but the following rules must be observed: Some modules
require pre- requisites modules and some degree programs have compulsory modules. The
database is also to contain some information about
studentsincludingtheirnumbers,names,addresses,degreestheyreadfor,andtheirpastperformance
i.e. modules taken and examination results. For the above case study, do the following:
1. Analyze the datarequired.
2. Normalize theattributes.
3. Create the logical data model i.e., ERdiagrams.
4. Comprehend the data given in the case study by creating respective tables with primary
keys and foreign keys whereverrequired.
5. Insert values into the tables created (Be vigilant about Master- Slave tables).
6. Display the Students who have taken M.Sccourse
7. Display the Module code and Number of Modules taught by eachLecturer.
8. Retrieve the Lecturer names who are not Module Leaders.
9. Display the Department name which offers ‘English ‘module.
10. Retrieve the Prerequisite Courses offered by every Department (with Department names).
11. Present the Lecturer ID and Name who teaches ‘Mathematics’.
12. Discover the number of years a Module is taught.
13. List out all the Faculties who work for ‘Statistics ‘Department.
14. List out the number of Modules taught by each Module Leader.
15. List out the number of Modules taught by a particular Lecturer.
16. Create a view which contains the fields of both Department and Module tables. (Hint-
The fields like Module code, title, credit, Department code and its name).
17. Update the credits of all the prerequisite courses to 5. Delete the Module ‘History’ from the
Module table.
References:
1. RamezElmasri, Shamkant, B. Navathe, “Database Systems”, Pearson Education, 6th Edition,
2013.
2. Peter Rob, Carles Coronel, “Database System Concepts”, Cengage Learning, 7th Edition, 2008.
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
http://www.scoopworld.in
http://vlabs.iitb.ac.in/vlabs-dev/labs/dblab/index.php
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(20A05402P) OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB

Course Objectives:
 To familiarize students with the architecture of OS.
 To provide necessary skills for developing and debugging CPU Scheduling algorithms.
 To elucidate the process management and scheduling and memory management.
 To explain the working of an OS as a resource manager, file system manager, process
manager, memory manager, and page replacement tool.
 To provide insights into system calls, file systems and deadlock handling.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Trace different CPU Scheduling algorithms (L2).
 Implement Bankers Algorithms to Avoid and prevent the Dead Lock (L3).
 Evaluate Page replacement algorithms (L5).
 Illustrate the file organization techniques (L4).
 Illustrate shared memory process (L4).
 Design new scheduling algorithms (L6)

List of Experiments:
1. Practicing of Basic UNIX Commands.
2. Write programs using the following UNIX operating system calls
Fork, exec, getpid, exit, wait, close, stat, opendir and readdir
3. Simulate UNIX commands like cp, ls, grep, etc.,
4. Simulate the following CPU scheduling algorithms
a) Round Robin b) SJF c) FCFS d) Priority
5. Implement a dynamic priority scheduling algorithm.
6. Assume that there are five jobs with different weights ranging from 1 to 5. Implement round
robin algorithm with time slice equivalent to weight.
7. Implement priority scheduling algorithm. While executing, no process should wait for more
than 10 seconds. If the waiting time is more than 10 seconds that process has to be executed
for at least 1 second before waiting again.
8. Control the number of ports opened by the operating system with
a) Semaphore b) Monitors.
9. Simulate how parent and child processes use shared memory and address space.
10. Simulate sleeping barber problem.
11. Simulate dining philosopher’s problem.
12. Simulate producer-consumer problem using threads.
13. Implement the following memory allocation methods for fixed partition
a) First fit b) Worst fit c) Best fit
14. Simulate the following page replacement algorithms
a) FIFO b) LRU c) LFU etc.,
15. Simulate Paging Technique of memory management
16. Simulate Bankers Algorithm for Dead Lock avoidance and prevention
17. Simulate the following file allocation strategies
a) Sequential b) Indexed c) Linked
18. Simulate all File Organization Techniques
a) Single level directory b) Two level c) Hierarchical d) DAG
References:
1. “Operating System Concepts”, Abraham Silberchatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, Eighth
Edition, John Wiley.
2. “Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles”, Stallings, Sixth Edition–2009,
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Pearson Education
3. “Modern Operating Systems”, Andrew S Tanenbaum, Second Edition, PHI.
4. “Operating Systems”, S.Haldar, A.A.Aravind, Pearson Education.
5. “Principles of Operating Systems”, B.L.Stuart, Cengage learning, India Edition.2013-2014
6. “Operating Systems”, A.S.Godbole, Second Edition, TMH.
7. “An Introduction to Operating Systems”, P.C.P. Bhatt, PHI.

Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:


https://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~mythili/os/
http://peterindia.net/OperatingSystems.html
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(20A38401P) VISUAL DESIGN & COMMUNICATION LAB

Course Objectives:
 To learn fundamental techniques (drawing, painting, working in volume).
 To discover the basic techniques of graphic designing and visual communication and their
implementation.
 To master the principles of narration through visuals and written words.
 To develop one’s creative personality
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Create visual compositions using basic elements and apply appropriate principles of visual
composition to communicate ideas.
• Develop the ability to perceive, visualize and communicate visual elements as visual
narratives.
• Apply the visual dynamics of visual language in Typography, Photography and Videography.
• Develop the ability to address simple communication problems through a visualization
process and construct mental imageries
List of Experiments:
1. Exploring various elements of visual language such as Dot, Line, Form, Space, Texture &
Pattern, and Colour.
2. Exploring the principles of the visual language using various elements and understanding
their relationships: Movement with Dots, Rhythm with Lines, Balance with Letter Forms,
Emphasis with Natural Forms, Proportion with Letter Forms, Order with Pattern, Symmetry
& Asymmetry with Geometric Forms, Contrast with Abstract Forms, Harmony with
Colours, etc.
3. Typography for print and digital media: Poster Design, Brochure Design, Infographics
Design, Website Design, Application Design, Wayfinding
4. Introduction and Orientation: Art and Science of Photography.
o Drawing out parallels / differences between the EYE and the CAMERA.
o Understanding the various controls on a Digital SLR Camera Features and Details,
Shooting Modes, Aperture and Depth of Field, Critical Shutter Speeds and Effects
o Exposure: Exposure as function of Quantity of Light and Time. Getting used to
shooting in Manual Mode and learning to measure light using the camera’s built-in
exposure meter.
o Film Speed/Sensor Sensitivity: Understanding the role of sensitivity in Exposure.
ISO/ASA and Digital Noise.
o Lenses : Different Types of Lenses. Classification of Lenses by Focal Lengths. Angle
of View. Fixed Focal Length and Zoom Lenses. Close up and Macro Lenses.
o Light and Color Temperature: Understanding the nature and directions of light, their
applications. Introduction to Color Temperature and White Balance. Images capturing
light and shade.
o Exploring Individual Camera Controls: Images exploring Aperture, Shutter Speed and
Focal Length.
o Composition: Elements of Composition and their relationship to the frame. Exploring
composition through exercises built around the elements but coupled with an
understanding / application of light / camera controls.
o Digital Post-Production: Introduction to File-Formats. RAW vs.JPG. Understanding
resolution, resizing and basic image post processing using Photoshop. Exploring the
software to visualize and create digital mosaics.
o Review and critique: Individual Critique after every assignment and a final critique on
Portfolio submission (10 images).
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

5. Identifying Theme/Subject/Topic/Story/Pont of View & Research.


o Planning the Shots.
o Selecting final shots and photo editing.
o Layout for a double spread magazine.

6. Concept development, Storyboarding, Video Shooting - Framing, Camera movement etc,


Video Editing

7. Defining communication

o Sender, Channel and Receiver


o Semiotics - Study of sign process (semiosis), meaning-making and meaningful
communication.
o Sign, Signifier, Signified
o Denotation and Connotation
o Communicating through visual messages
o Introduction to Gestalt laws of perception
o Understanding figure and ground phenomenon

Softwares - Adobe Indesign, Adobe Ilustrator& Adobe Photoshop Open Source - Inkscape, Svg-
Edit, Gimp, Paint.net, Pixlr, Scribus
References:
1. Wallschlaeger, Charles, &Busic-Synder, Cynthia, Basic Visual Concepts and Principles for
Artists, Architects and Designers, McGraw-Hill, (1992).
2. Buxton, Bill, Sketching User Experience: Getting the Design Right and the Right Design
(Interactive Technologies), Morgan Kaufmann, (2007).
3. Caplin, Steve; Banks, Adam,The Complete Guide to Digital Illustration, Publisher: Watson -
Guptill Publications, (2003).
4. Demers, Owen,Digital Texturing & Painting, Publisher: New Riders Press; Bk&CD-
RomEdition,(2001).
5. Cairo, Alberto, The Functional Art. New Riders. (2013).
6. Pogany, Willy,The Art of Drawing, Publisher: Madison Books, (1996).
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/124107002
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
1 0 2 2
(20A05404) EXPLORATORY DATA ANALYTICS WITH R

Course Objectives:
The students will be able to learn:
 How to manipulate data within R and to create simple graphs and charts used in introductory
statistics.
 The given data using different distribution functions in R.
 The hypothesis testing and calculate confidence intervals; perform linear regression models
for data analysis.
 The relevance and importance of the theory in solving practical problems in the real world.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Install and use R for simple programming tasks.
 Extend the functionality of R by using add-on packages
 Extract data from files and other sources and perform various data manipulation tasks on
them.
 Explore statistical functions in R.
 Use R Graphics and Tables to visualize results of various statistical operations on data.
 Apply the knowledge of R gained to data Analytics for real-life applications.

List of Experiments:
1: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING
a. Installation of R
b. The basics of R syntax, workspace
c. Matrices and lists
d. Subsetting
e. System-defined functions; the help system
f. Errors and warnings; coherence of the workspace

2: GETTING USED TO R: DESCRIBING DATA


a. Viewing and manipulating Data
b. Plotting data
c. Reading the data from console, file (.csv) local disk and web
d. Working with larger datasets

3: SHAPE OF DATA AND DESCRIBING RELATIONSHIPS


a. Tables, charts and plots.
b. Univariate data, measures of central tendency, frequency distributions, variation, and Shape.
c. Multivariate data, relationships between a categorical and a continuous variable,
d. Relationship between two continuous variables – covariance, correlation coefficients, comparing
multiple correlations.
e. Visualization methods – categorical and continuous variables, two categorical variables, two
continuous variables.

4: PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS
a. Sampling from distributions – Binomial distribution, normal distribution
b. tTest, zTest, Chi Square test
c. Density functions
d. Data Visualization using ggplot – Box plot, histograms, scatter plotter, line chart, bar chart, heat
maps
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

5: EXPLORATORY DATA ANALYSIS Demonstrate the range, summary, mean, variance, median,
standard deviation, histogram, box plot, scatter plot using population dataset.
6: TESTING HYPOTHESES
a. Null hypothesis significance testing
b. Testing the mean of one sample
c. Testing two means
7: PREDICTING CONTINUOUS VARIABLES
a. Linear models
b. Simple linear regression
c. Multiple regression
d. Bias-variance trade-off – cross-validation
8: CORRELATION
a. How to calculate the correlation between two variables.
b. How to make scatter plots.
c. Use the scatter plot to investigate the relationship between two variables
9: TESTS OF HYPOTHESES
a. Perform tests of hypotheses about the mean when the variance is known.
b. Compute the p-value.
c. Explore the connection between the critical region, the test statistic, and the p-value
10: ESTIMATING A LINEAR RELATIONSHIP Demonstration on a Statistical Model for a
Linear Relationship
a. Least Squares Estimates
b. The R Function lm
c. Scrutinizing the Residuals
11: APPLY-TYPE FUNCTIONS
a. Defining user defined classes and operations, Models and methods in R
b. Customizing the user's environment
c. Conditional statements
d. Loops and iterations
12: STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS IN R
a. Write Demonstrate Statistical functions in R
b. Statistical inference, contingency tables, chi-square goodness of fit, regression, generalized linear
models, advanced modeling methods.
References:
1. SandipRakshit, “Statistics with R Programming”, McGraw Hill Education, 2018.
2. Gareth James, Daniela Witten, Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, “AN Introduction to Statistical
Learning: with Applications in R”, Springer Texts in Statistics, 2017.
3. Joseph Schmuller, “Statistical Analysis with R for Dummies”, Wiley, 2017.
4. K G Srinivasa, G M Siddesh, ChetanShetty, Sowmya B J, “Statistical Programming in R”, Oxford
Higher Education, 2017.
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
1. www.oikostat.ch
2. https://learningstatisticswithr.com/
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/probability-intro#syllabus
4. https://www.isibang.ac.in/~athreya/psweur/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– II-II Sem L T P C
2 0 0 0
(20A99401) DESIGN THINKING FOR INNOVATION

Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarize students with design thinking process as a tool for
breakthrough innovation. It aims to equip students with design thinking skills and ignite the minds to
create innovative ideas, develop solutions for real-time problems.

Course Outcomes (CO):


 Define the concepts related to design thinking.
 Explain the fundamentals of Design Thinking and innovation
 Apply the design thinking techniques for solving problems in various sectors.
 Analyse to work in a multidisciplinary environment
 Evaluate the value of creativity
 Formulate specific problem statements of real time issues

UNIT - I Introduction to Design Thinking 10 Hrs


Introduction to elements and principles of Design, basics of design-dot, line, shape, form as fundamental
design components. Principles of design. Introduction to design thinking, history of Design Thinking,
New materials in Industry.

UNIT - II Design Thinking Process 10 Hrs


Design thinking process (empathize, analyze, idea & prototype), implementing the process in driving
inventions, design thinking in social innovations. Tools of design thinking - person, costumer, journey
map, brain storming, product development

Activity: Every student presents their idea in three minutes, Every student can present design process in
the form of flow diagram or flow chart etc. Every student should explain about product development.

UNIT - III Innovation 8 Hrs


Art of innovation, Difference between innovation and creativity, role of creativity and innovation in
organizations. Creativity to Innovation. Teams for innovation, Measuring the impact and value of
creativity.

Activity: Debate on innovation and creativity, Flow and planning from idea to innovation, Debate on
value-based innovation.
UNIT - IV Product Design 8 Hrs
Problem formation, introduction to product design, Product strategies, Product value, Product planning,
product specifications. Innovation towards product design Case studies.

Activity: Importance of modelling, how to set specifications, Explaining their own product design.

UNIT - V Design Thinking in Business Processes 10 Hrs


Design Thinking applied in Business & Strategic Innovation, Design Thinking principles that redefine
business – Business challenges: Growth, Predictability, Change, Maintaining Relevance, Extreme
competition, Standardization. Design thinking to meet corporate needs. Design thinking for Startups.
Defining and testing Business Models and Business Cases. Developing & testing prototypes.

Activity: How to market our own product, About maintenance, Reliability and plan for startup.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Textbooks:
1. Change by design, Tim Brown, Harper Bollins (2009)
2. Design Thinking for Strategic Innovation, Idris Mootee, 2013, John Wiley & Sons.
Reference Books:
1. Design Thinking in the Classroom by David Lee, Ulysses press
2. Design the Future, by Shrrutin N Shetty, Norton Press
3. Universal principles of design- William lidwell, kritinaholden, Jill butter.
4. The era of open innovation – chesbrough.H

Online Learning Resources:


https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/106/110106124/
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/104/109104109/
https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_mg60/preview
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT


……Experiential learning through community engagement
Introduction
 Community Service Project is an experiential learning strategy that integrates meaningful
community service with instruction, participation, learning and community development
 Community Service Project involves students in community development and service
activities and applies the experience to personal and academic development.
 Community Service Project is meant to link the community with the college for mutual
benefit. The community will be benefited with the focused contribution of the college
students for the village/ local development. The college finds an opportunity to develop social
sensibility and responsibility among students and also emerge as a socially responsible
institution.

Objective
Community Service Project should be an integral part of the curriculum, as an alternative to the 2
months of Summer Internships / Apprenticeships / On the Job Training, whenever there is an
exigency when students cannot pursue their summer internships. The specific objectives are;
 To sensitize the students to the living conditions of the people who are around them,
 To help students to realize the stark realities of the society.
 To bring about an attitudinal change in the students and help them to develop societal
consciousness, sensibility, responsibility and accountability
 To make students aware of their inner strength and help them to find new /out of box
solutions to the social problems.
 To make students socially responsible citizens who are sensitive to the needs of the
disadvantaged sections.
 To help students to initiate developmental activities in the community in coordination with
public and government authorities.
 To develop a holistic life perspective among the students by making them study culture,
traditions, habits, lifestyles, resource utilization, wastages and its management, social
problems, public administration system and the roles and responsibilities of different persons
across different social systems.

Implementation of Community Service Project


 Every student should put in a 6 weeksfor the Community Service Project during the summer
vacation.
 Each class/section should be assigned with a mentor.
 Specific Departments could concentrate on their major areas of concern. For example, Dept.
of Computer Science can take up activities related to Computer Literacy to different sections
of people like - youth, women, house-wives, etc
 A log book has to be maintained by each of the student, where the activities
undertaken/involved to be recorded.
 The logbook has to be countersigned by the concerned mentor/faculty incharge.
 Evaluation to be done based on the active participation of the student and grade could be
awarded by the mentor/faculty member.
 The final evaluation to be reflected in the grade memo of the student.
 The Community Service Project should be different from the regular programmes of
NSS/NCC/Green Corps/Red Ribbon Club, etc.
 Minor project report should be submitted by each student. An internal Viva shall also be
conducted by a committee constituted by the principal of the college.
 Award of marks shall be made as per the guidelines of Internship/apprentice/ on the job
training
Procedure
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

 A group of students or even a single student could be assigned for a particular habitation or
village or municipal ward, as far as possible, in the near vicinity of their place of stay, so as to
enable them to commute from their residence and return back by evening or so.
 The Community Service Project is a twofold one –
o First, the student/s could conduct a survey of the habitation, if necessary, in terms of
their own domain or subject area. Or it can even be a general survey, incorporating all
the different areas. A common survey format could be designed. This should not be
viewed as a duplication of work by the Village or Ward volunteers, rather, it could be
another primary source of data.
o Secondly, the student/s could take up a social activity, concerning their domain or
subject area. The different areas, could be like –
 Agriculture
 Health
 Marketing and Cooperation
 Animal Husbandry
 Horticulture
 Fisheries
 Sericulture
 Revenue and Survey
 Natural Disaster Management
 Irrigation
 Law & Order
 Excise and Prohibition
 Mines and Geology
 Energy
 Internet
 Free Electricity
 Drinking Water

EXPECTED OUTCOMES
BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO STUDENTS
Learning Outcomes
 Positive impact on students’ academic learning
 Improves students’ ability to apply what they have learned in “the real world”
 Positive impact on academic outcomes such as demonstrated complexity of understanding,
problem analysis, problem-solving, critical thinking, and cognitive development
 Improved ability to understand complexity and ambiguity
Personal Outcomes
 Greater sense of personal efficacy, personal identity, spiritual growth, and moral development
 Greater interpersonal development, particularly the ability to work well with others, and build
leadership and communication skills
Social Outcomes
 Reduced stereotypes and greater inter-cultural understanding
 Improved social responsibility and citizenship skills
 Greater involvement in community service after graduation
Career Development
 Connections with professionals and community members for learning and career
opportunities
 Greater academic learning, leadership skills, and personal efficacy can lead to greater
opportunity
Relationship with the Institution
 Stronger relationships with faculty
 Greater satisfaction with college
 Improved graduation rates
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO FACULTY MEMBERS


 Satisfaction with the quality of student learning
 New avenues for research and publication via new relationships between faculty and
community
 Providing networking opportunities with engaged faculty in other disciplines or institutions
 A stronger commitment to one’s research

BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES


 Improved institutional commitment
 Improved student retention
 Enhanced community relations

BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO COMMUNITY


 Satisfaction with student participation
 Valuable human resources needed to achieve community goals
 New energy, enthusiasm and perspectives applied to community work
 Enhanced community-university relations.

SUGGESTIVE LIST OF PROGRAMMES UNDER COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT


The following the recommended list of projects for Engineering students. The lists are not exhaustive
and open for additions, deletions and modifications. Colleges are expected to focus on specific local
issues for this kind of projects. The students are expected to carry out these projects with involvement,
commitment, responsibility and accountability. The mentors of a group of students should take the
responsibility of motivating, facilitating, and guiding the students. They have to interact with local
leadership and people and appraise the objectives and benefits of this kind of projects. The project
reports shall be placed in the college website for reference. Systematic, Factual, methodical and
honest reporting shall be ensured.

For Engineering Students


1. Water facilities and drinking water availability
2. Health and hygiene
3. Stress levels and coping mechanisms
4. Health intervention programmes
5. Horticulture
6. Herbal plants
7. Botanical survey
8. Zoological survey
9. Marine products
10. Aqua culture
11. Inland fisheries
12. Animals and species
13. Nutrition
14. Traditional health care methods
15. Food habits
16. Air pollution
17. Water pollution
18. Plantation
19. Soil protection
20. Renewable energy
21. Plant diseases
22. Yoga awareness and practice
23. Health care awareness programmes and their impact
24. Use of chemicals on fruits and vegetables
25. Organic farming
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

26. Crop rotation


27. Floury culture
28. Access to safe drinking water
29. Geographical survey
30. Geological survey
31. Sericulture
32. Study of species
33. Food adulteration
34. Incidence of Diabetes and other chronic diseases
35. Human genetics
36. Blood groups and blood levels
37. Internet Usage in Villages
38. Android Phone usage by different people
39. Utilisation of free electricity to farmers and related issues
40. Gender ration in schooling lvel- observation.

Complimenting the community service project the students may be involved to take up some
awareness campaigns on social issues/special groups. The suggested list of programmesare;
Programmes for School Children
1. Reading Skill Programme (Reading Competition)
2. Preparation of Study Materials for the next class.
3. Personality / Leadership Development
4. Career Guidance for X class students
5. Screening Documentary and other educational films
6. Awareness Programme on Good Touch and Bad Touch (Sexual abuse)
7. Awareness Programme on Socially relevant themes.
Programmes for Women Empowerment
1. Government Guidelines and Policy Guidelines
2. Womens’ Rights
3. Domestic Violence
4. Prevention and Control of Cancer
5. Promotion of Social Entrepreneurship
General Camps
1. General Medical camps
2. Eye Camps
3. Dental Camps
4. Importance of protected drinking water
5. ODF awareness camp
6. Swatch Bharath
7. AIDS awareness camp
8. Anti Plastic Awareness
9. Programmes on Environment
10. Health and Hygiene
11. Hand wash programmes
12. Commemoration and Celebration of important days
Programmes for Youth Empowerment
1. Leadership
2. Anti-alcoholism and Drug addiction
3. Anti-tobacco
4. Awareness on Competitive Examinations
5. Personality Development
Common Programmes
1. Awareness on RTI
2. Health intervention programmes
3. Yoga
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

4. Tree plantation
5. Programmes in consonance with the Govt. Departments like –
i. Agriculture
ii. Health
iii. Marketing and Cooperation
iv. Animal Husbandry
v. Horticulture
vi. Fisheries
vii. Sericulture
viii. Revenue and Survey
ix. Natural Disaster Management
x. Irrigation
xi. Law & Order
xii. Excise and Prohibition
xiii. Mines and Geology
xiv. Energy
Role of Students:
 Students may not have the expertise to conduct all the programmes on their own. The
students then can play a facilitator role.
 For conducting special camps like Health related, they will be coordinating with the
Governmental agencies.
 As and when required the College faculty themselves act as Resource Persons.
 Students can work in close association with Non-Governmental Organizations like Lions
Club, Rotary Club, etc or with any NGO actively working in that habitation.
 And also with the Governmental Departments. If the programme is rolled out, the District
Administration could be roped in for the successful deployment of the programme.
 An in-house training and induction programme could be arranged for the faculty and
participating students, to expose them to the methodology of Service Learning.

Timeline for the Community Service Project Activity


Duration: 8 weeks
1. Preliminary Survey (One Week)
 A preliminary survey including the socio-economic conditions of the allotted habitation to be
conducted.
 A survey form based on the type of habitation to be prepared before visiting the habitation
with the help of social sciences faculty. (However, a template could be designed for different
habitations, rural/urban.
 The Governmental agencies, like revenue administration, corporation and municipal
authorities and village secreteriats could be aligned for the survey.
2. Community Awareness Campaigns (One Week)
 Based on the survey and the specific requirements of the habitation, different awareness
campaigns and programmes to be conducted, spread over two weeks of time. The list of
activities suggested could be taken into consideration.
3. Community Immersion Programme (Three Weeks)
Along with the Community Awareness Programmes, the student batch can also work with
any one of the below listed governmental agencies and work in tandem with them. This
community involvement programme will involve the students in exposing themselves to the
experiential learning about the community and its dynamics. Programmes could be in
consonance with the Govt. Departments.
4. Community Exit Report (One Week)
 During the last week of the Community Service Project, a detailed report of the outcome of
the 8 weeks work to be drafted and a copy shall be submitted to the local administration. This
report will be a basis for the next batch of students visiting that particular habitation. The
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

same report submitted to the teacher-mentor will be evaluated by the mentor and suitable
marks are awarded for onward submission to the University.
Throughout the Community Service Project, a daily log-book need to be maintained by the
students batch, which should be countersigned by the governmental agency representative and
the teacher-mentor, who is required to periodically visit the students and guide them.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A38501) AUTOMATA THEORY AND COMPILER DESIGN

Course Objectives:
 The purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with an overview of the theoretical
foundations of computer science from the perspective of formal languages
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Explain deterministic and non-deterministic machines.
 Comprehend the hierarchy of problems arising in the computer sciences.
 Design a deterministic finite-state machine to accept a specified language.
 Explain how a compiler can be constructed for a simple context free language.
 Determine a language’s location in the Chomsky hierarchy (regular sets, context-free,
context-sensitive, and recursively enumerable languages)
UNIT I Formal Language and Regular Expressions: 8 Hrs
Languages, Definition Languages regular expressions, Finite Automata – DFA, NFA. Conversion of
regular expression to NFA, NFA to DFA. Applications of Finite Automata to lexical analysis, lex
tools. Context Free grammars and parsing: Context free grammars, derivation, parse trees, ambiguity
LL(K) grammars and LL(1) parsing
UNIT II Parsing and Semantics 9 Hrs
Bottom-up parsing handle pruning LR Grammar Parsing, LALR parsing, parsing ambiguous
grammars, YACC programming specification.
Semantics: Syntax directed translation, S-attributed and L-attributed grammars, Intermediate code –
abstract syntax tree, translation of simple statements and control flow statements.
UNIT III Context Sensitive Features and Run Time Storage 8 Hrs
Context Sensitive features – Chomsky hierarchy of languages and recognizers. Type checking, type
conversions, equivalence of type expressions, overloading of functions and operations.
Run time storage: Storage organization, storage allocation strategies scope access to now local names,
parameters, language facilities for dynamics storage allocation.
UNIT IV Code Optimization 9 Hrs
Code optimization: Principal sources of optimization, optimization of basic blocks, peephole
optimization, flow graphs, Data flow analysis of flow graphs.
UNIT V Code Generation 9 Hrs
Code generation: Machine dependent code generation, object code forms, generic code generation
algorithm, Register allocation and assignment. Using DAG representation of Block.
Textbooks:
1. John E. Hopcroft, Rajeev M & J D Ullman: “Introduction to Automata Theory Languages
&Computation”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Aho, Ullman, Ravisethi: “Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools”, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2009
Reference Books:
1. Tremblay J P, Sorenson G P: “The Theory & Practice of Compiler writing”, 1st Edition, BSP
publication, 2010.
2. Appel W & Andrew G M: “Modern Compiler Implementation in C”, 1st Edition, Cambridge
University Press, 2003.
3. Louden: “Compiler Construction, Principles & Practice”, 1st Edition, Thomson Press, 2006.
4. Sipser Michael: “Introduction to Theory of computation”, 2nd Edition, Thomson
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104148
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105190
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A38502T) MULTIMEDIA APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT

Course Objectives:
 Understand the hardware and software needed to create projects using creativity and
organization to create them.
 To know working with all aspects of images, Sound, video.
 Learn copyright laws associated with multimedia.
 Learn the cost involved in multimedia planning, designing, and producing.
Course Outcomes:
• Students will understand multimedia in respect to many application including business,
schools, home, education, and virtual reality.
• Develop multimedia skills understanding the principal players of individual players in
multimedia teams in developing projects.
• Learn ways to present their multimedia projects.
UNIT I
Introduction: Various facets of multimedia- audio, text, graphics, animation, video
Classification of multimedia technology Multimedia - hardware/software essentials, different
categories of multimedia software.
UNIT II
Working with Audio, Text and Graphics: Multimedia audio: Introduction, digital audio and
sound card fundamentals, sound card functionalities, audio jacks, connectors, digital audio playback,
audio editing, Multimedia text : introduction, designing text for multimedia, hypermedia, hypertext
Multimedia graphics : introduction, basic concepts of colour displays,
monitor video modes, colour monitors and their parameters, graphics in multimedia projects

UNIT III
Working with Video and Animation:Multimedia video : introduction, video in multimedia
projects, digital video fundamental, full motion and full screen videos, digital video files sizes, digital
video production techniques – video production in multimedia, shooting the sequences, video capture
techniques, video capture boards, video capture software, editing video, embedding sound clips

UNIT IV
Multimedia Animation: introduction, classifications, two- dimensional animation and three-
dimensional animation technology, animation development process, names of animation software
tools for 2D and 3D.

UNIT V
Multimedia Project:Multimedia project design concepts – introduction, concept and design,various
facets, media content design and development, interface design and development process,
Multimedia authoring: introduction, multimedia programming vs. multimedia authoring, selection
between authoring and programming tool, authoring methodologies, characteristics of authoring
tools.

Textbooks:
1. Introduction to Multimedia: By Ana Weston Solomon, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, 2005
Reference Books:
1. Multimedia Magic. By S. Gokul, BPB Publications, 1998.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A38503T) DESIGN OF INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS

Course Objectives:
 To learn all the aspects of design and development of interactive systems, which are now an
important part of our lives.
 To understand the range of requirements generation techniques.
 To understand different types of interaction, command languages and graphical user
interfaces (GUIs).
 Understand the main characteristics of people that are relevant to designing interactive
systems
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Understand the innovative features of interactive system and be able to improve existing
interfaces by considering these features.
 Explain the foundation of designing interactive systems
 Design Interaction design approaches in different contexts, e.g., web, social media,
multimedia applications.
 Use techniques for understanding people and their activities in context.
 To evaluate mobile systems, applications and services.
UNIT I Essentials of designing interactive systems Lecture 9 Hrs
Designing interactive systems: a fusion of skills, PACT: a framework for designing interactive
systems, The process of human-centered interactive systems design, Usability, Experience Design,
The Home Information Centre (HIC): a case study in designing interactive systems
UNIT II Techniques for designing interactive systems Lecture 8Hrs
Understanding, Envisionment, Design, Evaluation, Task analysis, Visual interface design,
Multimodal interface design.
UNIT III Contexts for designing interactive systems Lecture 8 Hrs
Designing websites: Website Development, The Information Architecture of Websites, Navigation
Design for Websites.
Social Media: Background Ideas, Social Networking, The Developing Web.
Collaborative Environments: Issues for Cooperative Working, Technologies to Support
Cooperative Working, Collaborative Virtual Environments,
Agents and avatars: Agents, Adaptive Systems, An Architecture for Agents, Application of Agent-
based Interaction, Avatars and Conversational Agents.

UNIT IV Contexts for designing interactive systems Lecture 9 Hrs


Ubiquitous computing: Information Spaces, Blended Spaces, Home Environments, Navigating in
Wireless Sensor Networks
Mobile Computing: Context Awareness, Understanding in Mobile Computing, Designing for
Mobiles, Evaluation for Mobile Computing
Wearable computing: Introduction, Smart Materials, Material Design, From Materials to Implants.

UNIT V Foundations of designing interactive systems Lecture 9 Hrs


Memory, Attention and Human Error, Psychological Theories of Emotion, Detecting and
Recognizing Emotions, Expressing Emotion, Human Information Processing, Situated Action,
Distributed Cognition, Embodied Cognition, Activity Theory,Human Communication, People in
Groups, Presence, Culture and Identity, Visual and Non-visual Perception, Navigation.

Textbooks:
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

1. Designing Interactive Systems: A Comprehensive Guide to HCI, UX & Interaction Design, 3rd ed
by David Benyon

Reference Books:
1. Interactive System Design by Michael Lamming and William Newman
2. The Human Interface: New Directions for Designing Interactive Systems by JefRaskin

Online Learning Resources:


http://www.dcs.gla.ac.uk/~johnson/teaching/isd/course.html
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A38504a) AESTHETICS AND ART
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSE– I)
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the students to some of the basic issues pertaining to art through exposure to
different art-media and art-works.
 To learn the major philosophical theories of art and aesthetics offered during specific historical
periods.
 To engage students in the study of classical, modern, and contemporary philosophical
responses to questions and problems of aesthetic experience and perception, the nature of art
and art works, objective vs. subjective value of art, theories of beauty and the sublime, and
soon.
 To expose the ways in which art affects life on a personal, cultural, social, and global level.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Recognize the subjects and objects in the field of art.
• Explain the evolution of aesthetics throughout history and contemporary aesthetics.
• Define the difference between/among various knowledge garnered from philosophy, science,
and art.
• Identify how the arts contribute to a robust, adaptive, and prosperous society.
• Develop a response to a creative work that is aesthetic in nature.

UNIT I Art and the Creative Process Lecture 8Hrs


Art as Semblance: The meaning of Art, Illusion in Play and Art, Beauty and Illusion, Nature’s
imitation of Art.
Art as Beauty: Beauty and Imitation, The Nature of Beauty.
Art as Emotional Expression: Art as the Expression of Emotion, The Communication of Emotion,
Art the Reliever.

UNIT II Art and the Creative Process Lecture 9Hrs


Art as Intuition: The Individual and the Type, Intuition and Expression, The Gap Between Intuition
and Expression.
Art as Wish-Fulfilment: The Will to Power in Art, Wish-Fulfilment and the Unconscious,
Psychology and Literature, Poetry’s Dream-Work.
Art as Vivid Experience: Having an Experience, The Habit of Art
Can Art be defined?: Games and Definitions, The Role of Theory in Aesthetics

UNIT III The Work of Art Lecture 9Hrs


The Body of The Work: The work of Art as Physical, The Esthetic Attitude in Its Embodiments,
Sensuous Elements and Esthetic Orders.
Expressiveness: Science, Art, and Technology, Expressiveness and Symbolism, Expression, Science
and Poetry, The Nature of Music

UNIT IV The Work of Art Lecture 8Hrs


Form: Pure and Impure Art, Poetry for Poetry’s Sake, The Problem of Esthetic Form, Type Designs,
Style
Form and Function: Structure and Organization, The Esthetic Assimilation of the Machine

UNIT V Appreciation and Criticism Lecture 8Hrs


Empathy and Abstraction: Empathy, Inner Imitation, and Sense-Feelings, Abstraction and
Empathy.
Isolation and Synaesthesis: Connection in Science and Isolation in Art, Synaesthesis
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Criticism: Of the Standard of Taste, The Nature and Criteria of Criticism, Organistic Criticism,
Greatness

Textbooks:
1. M. Rader (ed.), A Modern Book of Aesthetics: an anthology, Holt, Rinehart and Winston,
1973.
2. Aesthetics: A Comprehensive Anthology. Eds. Steven M. Cahn & Aaron Meskin.
Malden(MA): Blackwell Publishing, 2008. ISBN 9781405154352.2.
3. Barrett, Terry. Why Is That Art?: Aesthetics and Criticism of Contemporary Art .
Oxford:Oxford University Press, 2012, 2008. ISBN 978-0-19-975880-
Reference Books:
1. Aesthetics: The Big Questions, edited by Carolyn Korsmeyer. (K)
2. The Philosophy of Art: A Contemporary Introduction, Noël Carroll. (C)
3. J. Hospers (ed.), Introductory Readings in Aesthetics, Free Press, 1969.
4. R.B. Patankar, Aesthetics and Literary Criticism, Nachiketa Publications, 1969.
5. V. Raghavan, and Nagendra (eds.), An Introduction to Indian Poetics, Macmillan 1970.
6. H. Osborne, Aesthetics and Art Theory: an historical introduction, Dutton, 1970.
Online Learning Resources:
https://www.hss.iitb.ac.in/en/hs-463-introduction-to-art-and-aesthetics
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(20A38504b) COMPUTER GAME DESIGN AND PROGRAMMING


(Professional Elective Course– I)

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the fundamentals of game development & design using the Unreal 4 game
engine.
 To implement custom game logic using the Blueprints Visual Scripting system.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Utilize and implement general game design theory and techniques.
 Design and utilize custom Blueprints scripts.
 Design specific game elements based on topics learned in class
 Master basic game development (produce, test and present a beta version of a game of your
own design)
 Create an architectural visualization, a shooting gallery mini-game and a
basic first person shooter.
UNIT I Lecture 8Hrs
Level Design I – (Architectural Visualization): Intro to the UE4 Editor, Adding Static Meshes &
Materials, Creating and Detailing an Interior Room, Lighting Techniques, Post Processing Effects,
Camera Sequencing, Particle Effects.
UNIT II Lecture 9Hrs
Level Design II – (Adding Interactivity): Introduction to Blueprints, Adding Physics to Static
Meshes, Triggering Events (Lighting, Effects, Text), Create a Key Pickup and HUD, Animating and
Opening a Door in Blueprints.
UNIT III Lecture 8Hrs
Shooting Gallery Mini-Game: Intro to the Material Editor, Adding Motion to Objects, Spawning
and Destroying Objects, Create a Destructible Mesh to Shatter Objects, Design a Simple User
Interface, Creating a Win Condition
UNIT IV Lecture 8Hrs
First Person Shooter: Audio and Particle Effects (Explosions), Character Enhancements (Sprint,
Rifle Zoom, Rate of Fire), Game Objectives and Constraints, Collectible Objects & Win Condition,
User Interface Design, Material Design, AI
UNIT V Lecture 9 Hrs
Side-Scroller: Animation Assets, Animation Notifications, Audio, Character Animation & Blend
Spaces, State Machines, Ragdoll Effect, Finalizing & Packaging Games.
Textbooks:
1. Carnall, Benjamin. Unreal Engine 4.X by Example. Birmingham, UK: PacktPublishing,
2016.
2. Sewell, Brenden. Blueprints Visual Scripting for Unreal Engine. Birmingham, UK: Packt
Publishing, 2015.
3. Doran, John. Unreal Engine Game Development Cookbook. Birmingham, UK: Packt
Publishing, 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Schell, Jesse. The Art of Game Design: A Book of Lenses. Boca Raton, USA: CRC Press, 2008.
2. Game Design Workshop: A Playcentric Approach to Creating Innovative Games, Third
Edition, 2014, Tracy Fullerton
Online Learning Resources:
https://www.coursera.org/specializations/game-design
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A38504c) FILM MAKING AND RADIO PODCASTING
(Professional Elective Course– I)

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the students to the fundamentals of film production.
 To introduce students the human resource requirements and their responsibilities in film making.
 To understand the basics of various camera, lenses, lighting and digital cinematography.

Course Outcomes

After completion of the course, students will be able to


• Understand Audio File Formats and Codecs
• Arrange Sound Tracks, Edit Vocals and Create Podcast
• Understand Film Shooting and Editing Concepts
• Sequence or Edit Video shots in a scene
• Shoot, capture and output short video projects
UNIT I The Team and Scriptwriting Lecture 8Hrs
The Team: Overview of the Crew, Departments and Job Descriptions, Collaborating and working as
a team, Introduction to stages of film production.
Scriptwriting: Treatments, Screenplay-format and layout, Narrative structures, Protagonists and
antagonists, Adoption, Genre, Loglines, Story boards.

UNIT II Directing and Cinematography Lecture 9Hrs


Shot sizes- meaning and motivation, Camera movements- methods and meaning, Master shots,
cutaways, inserts, reaction shots, Parallel action, Shooting scripts. Picture composition and framing,
working with lighting, color, lenses.

UNIT III Sound and Post-Production Lecture 8Hrs


Audio field production, microphones, Post-production sound, Music, Sound effects, Editing,
Continuity, Continuous Shot, Shooting with knowledge of editing. Researching, Mini interviews,
Essential resources.

UNIT IV Broadcasting Systems Lecture 8Hrs


Public vs Private broadcasting systems in India; Radio Broadcasting Systems--MW, SW, FM; Internet
Radio, Podcasting: Satellite Radio, Community Radio.

UNIT V Scriptwriting Lecture 9 Hrs


Scriptwriting for different formats of Radio, Elements of Radio scripts; Listing, scheduling and traffic
management; Importance of Audience Surveys. Types and formats of Radio programmes--News,
Music, Interviews, Talks, Dramas, Discussions, Off-tube commentary, Features, Documentaries,
Jingles, Phone-ins, Roadshows, Radio bridges, Spots, Sponsored programmes, Sponsorship and Info-
commercials.
Textbooks:
1. Jane Barnwell, The Fundamentals of Film Making, AVA book publishing, SA, 2019
2. Nicholas Proferes, Film Directing Fundamentals: See Your Film Before Shooting, Focal press,
2012
3. A. Goswami, Thin Film Fundamentals, New age international publishers, 1996
4. Mass Communication and Journalism in India: D.S. Mehta, Allied Publishers Limited
5. Mass Communication In India: Keval J. Kumar, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai
6. Understanding Mass Communications: Defleur / Dennis, Goyalsaab Publishers, New Delhi
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Reference Books:
1. Michael K. Hughes, Digital Filmmaking for Beginners A Practical Guide to Video Production,
McGrawHill, 2012.
2. The Filmmakers Handbook - By Stevevascher 2. Shot By Shot - By Steven Katz.
3. Broadcasting in India: P.C. Chattergee, Sage Publication, New Delhi
4. Broadcast Journalism: Boyd Andrew, Focal Press, London
5. News Writing for Radio and T.V: K.M. Shrivastava, Sterling Publication New Delhi
6. This is All India Radio: P.C. Chattergee, Publication Division, New Delhi
7. News Writing: George A. Hough, Kanishka Publication, New Delhi

Online Learning Resources:


https://www.filmdaily.tv/film-school/online-film-courses
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-I Sem L T P C
0 0 31.5

(20A38502P) MULTIMEDIA APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB

Course Objectives:
 Describe different realizations of multimedia tools and the way in which they are used.
 Compare various data compression schemes.
 Analyze user interface for a given application
Course Outcomes:
 Demonstrate editing and integration of graphic images, animation, video and audio files
 Design a short films and teaching material for better understanding.
 Apply different multimedia development tools to produce web based and stand-alone user
interfaces.
List of Experiments:
Basic Multimedia programs using PHOTOSHOP
01. Write a program to visualize a given image in different forms using features like brightness,
contrast, blur etc.
02. Write a program to design a visiting card containing at least one Graphic and Text information.
03. Write a program to prepare a cover page for any book in your subject area.
04. Write a program to use appropriate tools from the tool box to cut the objects from three
files (F1.jpg, F2.jpg, F3.jpg) ; Organize them in a single file and apply feather effects.
Multimedia Programs developed using FLASH
05. Write a Program to perform motion tweening operation using flash
06. Write a Program to create a 24 spokes on a wheel using flash.
07. Write a Program to change and object shape using a shape tweening concept.
08. Write a program to create an animated e-card using adobe Flash.
09. Write a Program to create an animation to represent the Growing Moon.
10. Write a Program to create an animation to indicate a ball bouncing on Steps.
11. Write a Program to simulate a ball hitting another ball.
12. Write a Program to change a circle into a square using Flash.
Rich Internet Applications (RIA) using Adobe Flex and Ajax
13. Write an MXML code to display HelloWorld using Flex.
14. Create a Flex Project using Flash Builder IDE to run HelloWorld Application.
15. Implement an AJAX program to fetch RSS feeds from a well-known RSS feed site.
Provide a scrolling display of latest news on your page. You can use xparser.js if you like.
16. Implement an RSS-based search feature. Have a text box and a button in your page for
the same. Show the results in a separate <div> which has the results as hyperlinks, which
the user can click.
17. Use the Reverse AJAX technique to build a web-based chat application. The application
is one-way browser-based. That is, we have a window in which one user types his
messages. From other other side, the second user directly updates a file on the server
(instead of a browser area).
18. A file on a server has information about cricket players. The fields represent name,
country, matches, runs and centuries. The fields are separated by colons (:). The front end
screen has a text field in which the user can enter a country. The server returns details of
all players belonging to that country in the form of one big JSON object. The client parses
the JSON object and builds an HTML table to print the results. Implement the server side
script and the client code.
19. Write an Ajax enabled address book web application that interacts with a webservice to
obtain data and to modify data in a server-side database.
20. Write a Calender web application built using Dojo toolkit.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

References:
1. Professional Adobe Flex 3, Joseph Balderson, Peter Ent, et al, WroxPublications,Wiley India, 2009.
2. Multimedia Communications: Applications, Networks, Protocols and Standards, FredHalsall,
Pearson Education, 2001, RP 2005.
3. Multimedia making it work, Tay Vaughan, 7th edition, TMH, 2008.
4. Introduction to multimedia communications and Applications, Middleware,Networks, K. R. Rao,
Zoran, Dragored, Wiley India, 2006, RP. 2009.
5. Multimedia Computing, Communications & Applications, Ralf Steinmetz and KlaraNahrstedt,
Pearson Education, 2004
6. Principles of Multimedia, Ranjan Parekh, TMH, 2006.
7. Multimedia in Action, James E. Shuman, Cengage Learning, 198, RP 2008.
8. Multimedia Systems design, Prabhat K. Andleigh, KiranThakrar, PHI, 1986.
9. Multimedia and Communications Technology, Steve Heath, Elsevier, 1999, RP 2003.
10. Adobe Flash CS3 Professional, Adobe press, Pearson Education, 2007.
11. Flash CS3 Professional Advanced, Russel Chun, Pearson Education, 2007.
12. Flash CS5, Chris Grover, O’Reilly, SPD, 2010.
13. SAMS Teach yourself Adobe flash CS3, Pearson Education, 2007.
14. Flex 4 Cookbook, Joshua Noble, et. al, O’Reilly, SPD 2010.
15. Flex3 – A beginner’s guide, Michele E. Davis, Jon A. Phillips, TMH, 2008.
16. Mastering Dojo, R. Gill, C. Riecke and A. Russell, SPD, 2008.
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-I Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

(20A38503P) DESIGN OF INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS LAB

Course Objectives:
 To understand Importance of Good Design
 To understand Advantages of Graphical Interface
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Choose a proper screen based control.
2. Develop system menus and navigation schemes.
3. Develop end-user interfaces incorporating problem solving solutions in HCI.
4. Apply Information Systems tools to prototype the end-user design.
5. Effectively design items within toolbar / menus/ control panel as per the context and use.
6. Compare different keypad designs based on the results obtained and graphs.
7. Verify the effects of inconsistencies in interface which cause increase in errors and time
taken to perform a task.
List of Experiments:
1) Design an user interface for the following:
i) Assigning a grade to students based on the subjects marks.
ii) For registration of a student for admissions,
2) Design an user interface for the following:
i) to check whether the year is leap year or not
ii) for simple sort program
3) Design a prototype of a TV Remote Control using the standard buttons provided.
4) Effect of different font types and sizes on readability.
5) Design user interface screens for an online shopping website. You are required to design
interaction screens that should clearly indicate usage of the good design principles.
6) Considering online shopping user interface screens as a sample, design Visually appealing
interface by using i) meaningful contrast between screen elements, ii) Grouping and Aligning
screen elements, and iii) Using colors and graphics effectively.
7) Design user interface by selecting the best and appropriate screens elements (e.g. Textboxes,
combo box, icons, labels etc.) suitable for online shopping website. Present these elements on
the screen to increase the usability, clarity, predictability of your interface.
8) Design user interface by choosing proper background and foreground color that is suitable for
your application. Also appropriate color should be selected for highlighting selection. You are
required to design TWO interaction screens, one without using colors and one with the use of
appropriate colors. The second version should clearly indicate its advantages over the first
version.
9) Design menu and navigational scheme for your project. You are required to submit two versions
of menu and navigational scheme design. One without using principles of menu design
and another by following menu design guidelines
10) Provide proper feedback, documentation and assistance for your project. You are required to
submit two versions of the system. One without using principles of UI design and another by
following principles and guidelines of UI design.
11) Usability Measurement Tool for E-Learning (UMTEL): This online measurement tool consists
of six simple checklists that could be used by a novice evaluator to evaluate usability level of an
e-learning. ( https://hci-iitg.vlabs.ac.in/)
12) Apply Fitt's Law in designing and placing widgets on computer interface. (https://hci-
iitg.vlabs.ac.in/)
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

References:
1. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory Abowd, Russell Beale, Human Computer Interaction, Third
Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
2. Brian Fling, Mobile Design and Development, First Edition , O’Reilly Media, 2009
3. Bill Scott and Theresa Neil, Designing Web Interfaces, First Edition, O’Reilly, 2009.
4. 3D User Interfaces: Theory and Practice (2nd Edition) (Usability) by Joseph J. LaViola Jr., Ernst
Kruijff, Ryan P. McMahan, Doug Bowman, Ivan P. Poupyrev.
5. Interaction Design: Beyond Human-Computer Interaction (4th Edition) by Jenny Preece, Helen
Sharp, Yvonne Rogers (Wiley).Article - Atkinson, R. C., & Shiffrin, R. M. (1968). Human
memory: A proposed system and its control processes. Psychology of learning and motivation: II,
249.
6. Designing the User Interface, 3rd Ed By Ben Shneiderman
7. Hiroshi Ishii, Minoru Kobayashi, KazuhoArita. Iterative design of seamless collaboration media.
Communications of the ACM, August 1994/Vol. 37, No.8.
8. Jakob Nielsen. "Card Sorting to Discover the Users' Model of the Information Space".Useit.
1995.[online] http://www.useit.com/papers/sun/cardsort.html [Accessed on 10 Oct 2011] .
9. Minimalistic and intuitive interface design guidelines for consumer electronics devices
http://www.jot.fm/issues/issue_2007_03/column5.pdf
10. http://www.yuiblog.com/blog/2007/10/02/challenges-of-interface-design-for-mobile-devices/
11. http://www.usabilityfirst.com/usability-methods/hci-design-approaches/
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
https://hci-iitg.vlabs.ac.in/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-I Sem L T P C
1 0 22
(20A38505) DJANGO WEB FRAMEWORK
(SKILL ORIENTED COURSE-III)
Course Objectives:
The students will be able to learn:
 Django fundamentals and use its concepts to build and deploy robust web applications and
apps.
 Django URL patterns and views and deploy Django applications.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to:
 Build robust and scalable web applications from scratch using Python and Django.
 Build RESTful APIs with the Django REST framework to connect apps with the world.
 Perform critical tasks of a junior back-end web developer, including building new web
applications, as well as reading and improving an existing code base.
 Identify and fix common issues with Django apps.

List of Experiments:
Module 1: Introduction to Django
Django Overview, Django Installation, Crating a Project, Creating an Application, Understanding
Folder Structure, Creating a Hello World Page.
Hands-on: Installation and Basic Hello World in Django Web Page

Module 2: How to Create Django Views


About View Functions, Using Django's HttpResponse Class, Understanding HttpRequest Objects,
Using QueryDict Objects.
Hands-On/Demo: Create a simple View using Django

Module 3: Configuring URLconf’s


About URLconf, Regular Expressions, Expression Examples, Simple URLConf Examples, Using
Multiple URLConf's, Passing URL Arguments
.
Module 4: Django Templates and Forms
Template Fundamentals, Creating Template Objects, Loading Template Files, Filling in Template
Content (Context Objects), Template Tags, Template Filters, More on For Loops, Template
Inheritance, Easy Rendering of Templates, Request Context Processors, Global Context Processors,
Form classes, Validation, Authentication, Advanced Forms processing techniques.
Hands-On/Demo: Create a Form that accepts personal data from a user, Creating Contact Us form
Module 5: Django and REST APIs
Django REST framework, Django-piston, REST APIs
Hands-On/Demo: Creating a REST API

Module 6: Unit Testing with Django


Using Python’s unittest2 library, Test, Test Databases, Doctests, Debugging.

Module 7: Models and Dynamic Webpages


Django Models, Model Fields, Model Inheritance, CRUD on DB, Primary keys and the Model,
Dynamic Webpages, Toggle Hidden Content, jQuery and AJAX integration.
Hands-On/Demo: Adding a Like button to a webpage

Module 8: Using Django Admin Interface


Enabling the Admin Interface, Creating an Admin User.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Module 9: Access Control with Sessions and Users


Cookies & Django, The Django Session Framework, Sessions in Views, Session Tuning, Installing
Django User Authentication, Using Authentication in Views, Login and Logout, Building your Own
Login/Logout Views, Authentication Decorators, Adding & Deactivating Users, Asynchronous
Messaging, Managing Permissions.

Module 10: Generic Views


Simple Generic Views, Using Generic Redirects, Other Generic Views, Create/Update/Delete Generic
views.

Module 11: Django’s Email Functionality


Configuring Mail Settings, Sending Email, Other Email Functions.

Module 12: Deploying Django Applications


Deploying Django Applications
Hands-on: Creating a Real Estate Application with Client and Server, Like a Magic Bricks where
people can post their Property and Viewers can view and contact.
References:
1. William S Vincent, Django for APIs: Build web APIs with Python and Django, 2020
2. William S Vincent,Django for Beginners: Build websites with Python and Django.
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
1. https://www.zeolearn.com/django-training
2. https://www.edureka.co/python-django
3. https://www.besanttechnologies.com/python-django-training
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 0
(20A99201) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

Course Objectives:
 To make the students to get awareness on environment
 To understand the importance of protecting natural resources, ecosystems for future
generations and pollution causes due to the day to day activities of human life
 To save earth from the inventions by the engineers.
Course Outcomes (CO):
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 Grasp multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies and various renewable and
nonrenewable resources.
 Understand flow and bio-geo- chemical cycles and ecological pyramids.
 Understand various causes of pollution and solid waste management and related preventive
measures.
 About the rainwater harvesting, watershed management, ozone layer depletion and waste land
reclamation.
 Casus of population explosion, value education and welfare programmes.

UNIT - I 8 Hrs
Multidisciplinary Nature Of Environmental Studies: – Definition, Scope and Importance – Need for
Public Awareness.
Natural Resources : Renewable and non-renewable resources – Natural resources and associated
problems – Forest resources – Use and over – exploitation, deforestation, case studies – Timber
extraction – Mining, dams and other effects on forest and tribal people – Water resources – Use and
over utilization of surface and ground water – Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams – benefits
and problems – Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and
using mineral resources, case studies – Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by
agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water
logging, salinity, case studies. – Energy resources:

UNIT - II 12 Hrs
Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem. – Structure and function of an ecosystem – Producers,
consumers and decomposers – Energy flow in the ecosystem – Ecological succession – Food chains,
food webs and ecological pyramids – Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and
function of the following ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem.
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)

Biodiversity And Its Conservation : Introduction 0 Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity – Bio-geographical classification of India – Value of biodiversity: consumptive use,
Productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values – Biodiversity at global, National and local
levels – India as a mega-diversity nation – Hot-sports of biodiversity – Threats to biodiversity: habitat
loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts – Endangered and endemic species of India –
Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

UNIT - III 8 Hrs


Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of :
a. Air Pollution.
b. Water pollution
c. Soil pollution
d. Marine pollution
e. Noise pollution
f. Thermal pollution
g. Nuclear hazards

Solid Waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes – Role
of an individual in prevention of pollution – Pollution case studies – Disaster management: floods,
earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
UNIT - IV 10 Hrs
Social Issues and the Environment: From Unsustainable to Sustainable development – Urban
problems related to energy – Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management –
Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case studies – Environmental
ethics: Issues and possible solutions – Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies – Wasteland reclamation. – Consumerism
and waste products. – Environment Protection Act. – Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. –
Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act – Wildlife Protection Act – Forest Conservation Act
– Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation – Public awareness.
UNIT - V 8 Hrs
Human Population And The Environment: Population growth, variation among nations. Population
explosion – Family Welfare Programmes. – Environment and human health – Human Rights – Value
Education – HIV/AIDS – Women and Child Welfare – Role of information Technology in
Environment and human health – Case studies.
Field Work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River/forest
grassland/hill/mountain – Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural Study of
common plants, insects, and birds – river, hill slopes, etc..

Textbooks:
1. Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses ErachBharucha for
University Grants Commission, Universities Press.
2. Palaniswamy, “Environmental Studies”, Pearson education
3. S.AzeemUnnisa, “Environmental Studies” Academic Publishing Company
4. K.Raghavan Nambiar, “Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses as
per UGC model syllabus”, Scitech Publications (India), Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. Deeksha Dave and E.Sai Baba Reddy, “Textbook of Environmental Science”, Cengage
Publications.
2. M.Anji Reddy, “Text book of Environmental Sciences and Technology”, BS Publication.
3. J.P.Sharma, Comprehensive Environmental studies, Laxmi publications.
4. J. Glynn Henry and Gary W. Heinke, “Environmental Sciences and Engineering”, Prentice
hall of India Private limited
5. G.R.Chatwal, “A Text Book of Environmental Studies” Himalaya Publishing House
6. Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering and
Science, Prentice hall of India Private limited.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05602T) MACHINE LEARNING

Course Objectives:
The course is introduced for students to
 Gain knowledge about basic concepts of Machine Learning
 Study different learning algorithms
 Learn about of evaluation of learning algorithms
 Learn about Dimensionality reduction
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Identify machine learning techniques suitable for a given problem
 Solve the problems using various machine learning techniques
 Apply Dimensionality reduction techniques
 Design application using machine learning techniques

UNIT I Lecture 8Hrs


Introduction: Definition of learning systems, Goals and applications of machine learning, Aspects of
developing a learning system: training data, concept representation, function approximation.
Inductive Classification: The concept learning task, Concept learning as search through a hypothesis
space, General-to-specific ordering of hypotheses, Finding maximally specific hypotheses, Version
spaces and the candidate elimination algorithm, Learning conjunctive concepts, The importance of
inductive bias.

UNIT II Lecture 8Hrs


Decision Tree Learning: Representing concepts as decision trees, Recursive induction of decision trees,
Picking the best splitting attribute: entropy and information gain, searching for simple trees and
computational complexity, Occam's razor, Overfitting, noisy data, and pruning.
Experimental Evaluation of Learning Algorithms: Measuring the accuracy of learned hypotheses.
Comparing learning algorithms: cross-validation, learning curves, and statistical hypothesis testing.

UNIT III Lecture 9Hrs


Computational Learning Theory: Models of learnability: learning in the limit; probably approximately
correct (PAC) learning. Sample complexity for infinite hypothesis spaces, Vapnik-Chervonenkis
dimension.
Rule Learning: Propositional and First-Order, Translating decision trees into rules, Heuristic rule
induction using separate and conquer and information gain, First-order Horn-clause induction (Inductive
Logic Programming) and Foil, Learning recursive rules, Inverse resolution, Golem, and Progol.
UNIT IV Lecture 9Hrs
Artificial Neural Networks: Neurons and biological motivation, Linear threshold units. Perceptrons:
representational limitation and gradient descent training, Multilayer networks and backpropagation,
Hidden layers and constructing intermediate, distributed representations. Overfitting, learning network
structure, recurrent networks.
Support Vector Machines: Maximum margin linear separators. Quadratic programming solution to
finding maximum margin separators. Kernels for learning non-linear functions.
Lecture 9Hrs
UNIT V
Bayesian Learning: Probability theory and Bayes rule. Naive Bayes learning algorithm. Parameter
smoothing. Generative vs. discriminative training. Logistic regression. Bayes nets and Markov nets for
representing dependencies.
Instance-Based Learning: Constructing explicit generalizations versus comparing to past specific
examples. k-Nearest-neighbor algorithm. Case-based learning.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Textbooks:
1) T.M. Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw-Hill,1997.
2) Machine Learning, SaikatDutt, Subramanian Chandramouli, Amit Kumar Das, Pearson,
2019.
Reference Books:
6. EthernAlpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, MIT Press,2004.
7. Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning -An Algorithmic Perspective”, Second
Edition, Chapman and Hall/CRC Machine Learning and Pattern Recognition
Series,2014.
8. Andreas C. Müller and Sarah Guido “Introduction to Machine Learning with
Python:A Guide for Data Scientists”,Oreilly.

Online Learning Resources:


1. Andrew Ng, “Machine Learning”https://www.deeplearning.ai/machine-learning-
yearning/
2. Shai Shalev-Shwartz , Shai Ben-David, “Understanding Machine Learning: From
Theory to Algorithms” , Cambridge University Press.
https://www.cse.huji.ac.il/~shais/UnderstandingMachineLearning/index.html
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106139/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05502T) ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

Course Objectives:
This course is designed to:
 Introduce Artificial Intelligence
 Teach about the machine learning environment
 Present the searching Technique for Problem Solving
 Introduce Natural Language Processing and Robotics
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Apply searching techniques for solving a problem
 Design Intelligent Agents
 Develop Natural Language Interface for Machines
 Design mini robots
 Summarize past, present and future of Artificial Intelligence

UNIT I Introduction Lecture 9Hrs


Introduction: What is AI, Foundations of AI, History of AI, The State of Art.
Intelligent Agents: Agents and Environments, Good Behaviour: The Concept of Rationality, The Nature of
Environments, The Structure of Agents.

UNIT II Solving Problems by searching Lecture 9 Hrs


Problem Solving Agents, Example problems, Searching for Solutions, Uninformed Search Strategies,
Informed search strategies, Heuristic Functions, Beyond Classical Search: Local Search Algorithms and
Optimization Problems, Local Search in Continues Spaces, Searching with Nondeterministic Actions,
Searching with partial observations, online search agents and unknown environments.

UNIT III Reinforcement Learning & Natural Language Processing Lecture 8Hrs
Reinforcement Learning: Introduction, Passive Reinforcement Learning, Active Reinforcement Learning,
Generalization in Reinforcement Learning, Policy Search, applications of RL
Natural Language Processing: Language Models, Text Classification, Information Retrieval, Information
Extraction.

UNIT IV Natural Language for Communication Lecture 8 Hrs


Natural Language for Communication: Phrase structure grammars, Syntactic Analysis, Augmented
Grammars and semantic Interpretation, Machine Translation, Speech Recognition
Perception: Image Formation, Early Image Processing Operations, Object Recognition by appearance,
Reconstructing the 3D World, Object Recognition from Structural information, Using Vision.

UNIT V Robotics Lecture 10Hrs


Robotics: Introduction, Robot Hardware, Robotic Perception, planning to move, planning uncertain
movements, Moving, Robotic software architectures, application domains
Philosophical foundations: Weak AI, Strong AI, Ethics and Risks of AI, Agent Components, Agent
Architectures, Are we going in the right direction, What if AI does succeed.

Textbooks:
1. Stuart J.Russell, Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach”, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2019.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Reference Books:
1. Nilsson, Nils J., and Nils Johan Nilsson. Artificial intelligence: a new synthesis. Morgan Kaufmann,
1998.
2. Johnson, Benny G., Fred Phillips, and Linda G. Chase. "An intelligent tutoring system for the
accounting cycle: Enhancing textbook homework with artificial intelligence." Journal of Accounting
Education 27.1 (2009): 30-39.
Online Learning Resources:
http://peterindia.net/AILinks.html
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106139/
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105152/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05501T) COMPUTER NETWORKS

Course Objectives:
The course is designed to
 Understand the basic concepts of Computer Networks.
 Introduce the layered approach for design of computer networks
 Expose the network protocols used in Internet environment
 Explain the format of headers of IP, TCP and UDP
 Familiarize with the applications of Internet
 Elucidate the design issues for a computer network
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Identify the software and hardware components of a Computer network
 Design software for a Computer network
 Develop new routing, and congestion control algorithms
 Assess critically the existing routing protocols
 Explain the functionality of each layer of a computer network
 Choose the appropriate transport protocol based on the application requirements

UNIT I Computer Networks and the Internet Lecture 8Hrs


What Is the Internet? The Network Edge, The Network Core, Delay, Loss, and
Throughput in Packet-Switched Networks (Textbook 2),
Reference Models, Example Networks,
Guided Transmission Media, Wireless Transmission (Textbook 1)

UNIT II The Data Link Layer, Access Networks, and LANs Lecture 10Hrs
Data Link Layer Design Issues, Error Detection and Correction, Elementary DataLink Protocols,
Sliding Window Protocols (Textbook 1)
Introduction to the Link Layer, Error-Detection and -Correction Techniques, Multiple Access Links
and Protocols, Switched Local Area Networks
Link Virtualization: A Network as a Link Layer, Data Center
Networking, Retrospective: A Day in the Life of a Web Page Request (Textbook 2)

UNIT III The Network Layer Lecture 8Hrs


Routing Algorithms, Internetworking, The Network Layer In The Internet (Text book 1)

UNIT IV The Transport Layer Lecture 9Hrs


Connectionless Transport: UDP(Text book 2), The Internet Transport Protocols: TCP, Congestion
Control(Textbook 1)

UNIT V Principles of Network Applications Lecture 8Hrs


Principles of Network Applications, The Web and HTTP, Electronic Mail in theInternet, DNS—The
Internet’s Directory Service, Peer-to-Peer Applications VideoStreaming and Content Distribution
Networks(Textbook 2)

Textbooks:
1. Andrew S.Tanenbaum, David j.wetherall, Computer Networks, 5 th Edition, PEARSON.
2. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach”, 6th
edition, Pearson, 2019.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Reference Books:
1. Forouzan, Datacommunications and Networking, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Publication.
2. Youlu Zheng, Shakil Akthar, “Networks for Computer Scientists and Engineers”, Oxford
Publishers, 2016.
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105183/25
http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/computer-networks.html
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105183/3
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A38601a) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSE – II)

Course Objectives:
 To learn the basic concepts of software engineering and life cycle models
 To explore the issues in software requirements specification and enable to write SRS documents for
software development problems
 To elucidate the basic concepts of software design and enable to carry out procedural and object
oriented design of software development problems
 To understand the basic concepts of black box and white box software testing and enable to design
test cases for unit, integration, and system testing
 To reveal the basic concepts in software project management
Course Outcomes:
 After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Obtain basic software life cycle activity skills.
 Design software requirements specifications for given problems.
 Implement structure, object oriented analysis and design for given problems.
 Design test cases for given problems.
 Apply quality management concepts at the application level.
UNIT I Basic concepts in software engineering and software project Lecture9 Hrs
management
Basic concepts: abstraction versus decomposition, evolution of software engineering techniques, Software
development life cycle (SDLC) models: Iterative waterfall model, Prototype model, Evolutionary model,
Spiral model, RAD model, Agile models, software project management: project planning, project estimation,
COCOMO, Halstead’s Software Science, project scheduling, staffing, Organization and team structure, risk
management, configuration management.

UNIT II Requirements analysis and specification Lecture9 Hrs


The nature of software, The Unique nature of Webapps, Software Myths, Requirements gathering and
analysis, software requirements specification, Traceability, Characteristics of a Good SRS Document, IEEE
830 guidelines, representing complex requirements using decision tables and decision trees, overview of
formal system development techniques, axiomatic specification, algebraic specification.

UNIT III Software Design Lecture9 Hrs


Good Software Design, Cohesion and coupling, Control Hierarchy: Layering, Control Abstraction, Depth and
width, Fan-out, Fan-in, Software design approaches, object oriented vs. function-oriented design. Overview
of SA/SD methodology, structured analysis, Data flow diagram, Extending DFD technique to real life
systems, Basic Object-oriented concepts, UML Diagrams, Structured design, Detailed design, Design review,
Characteristics of a good user interface, User Guidance and Online Help, Mode-based vs Mode-less Interface,
Types of user interfaces, Component-based GUI development, User interface design methodology: GUI
design methodology.

UNIT IV Coding and Testing Lecture10 Hrs


Coding standards and guidelines, code review, software documentation, Testing, Black Box Testing, White
Box Testing, debugging, integration testing, Program Analysis Tools, system testing, performance testing,
regression testing, Testing Object Oriented Programs.

UNIT V Software quality, reliability, and other issues Lecture9 Hrs


Software reliability, Statistical testing, Software quality and management, ISO 9000, SEI capability maturity
model (CMM), Personal software process (PSP), Six sigma, Software quality metrics, CASE and its scope,
CASE environment, CASE support in software life cycle, Characteristics of software maintenance, Software
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

reverse engineering, Software maintenance processes model, Estimation maintenance cost. Basic issues in
any reuse program, Reuse approach, Reuse at organization level.

Textbooks:
1. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, 5th Edition, PHI, 2018.
2. Pressman R, “Software Engineering- Practioner Approach”, McGraw Hill.

Reference Books:
1. Somerville, “Software Engineering”, Pearson 2.
2. Richard Fairley, “Software Engineering Concepts”, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. JalotePankaj, “An integrated approach to Software Engineering”, Narosa

Online Learning Resources:


https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105182/
http://peterindia.net/SoftwareDevelopment.html
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05604c) COMPUTER VISION
(Professional Elective Course– II)
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to understand the basic issues in computer vision and
majorapproaches to address the methods to learn the Linear Filters, segmentation by clustering,
Edge detection, Texture.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, you will be able to:
 Identifybasicconcepts,terminology,theories,modelsandmethodsinthefield of computer vision,
 Describe known principles of human visual system,
 Describebasicmethodsofcomputervisionrelatedtomulti-scalerepresentation, edgedetection and
detection of other primitives, stereo, motion and object recognition,
 Suggestadesignofa computer vision system for a specific problem
UNIT I LINEAR FILTERS Lecture 8Hrs
Introduction to Computer Vision, Linear Filters and Convolution, Shift Invariant Linear Systems,
Spatial Frequency and Fourier Transforms, Sampling and Aliasing Filters as Templates, Technique:
Normalized Correlation and Finding Patterns, Technique: Scale and Image Pyramids.
UNIT II EDGE DETECTION Lecture 9Hrs
Noise- Additive Stationary Gaussian Noise, Why Finite Differences Respond to Noise, Estimating
Derivatives - Derivative of Gaussian Filters, Why Smoothing Helps, Choosing a Smoothing Filter,
Why Smooth with a Gaussian? Detecting Edges-Using theLaplaciantoDetectEdges,Gradient-
BasedEdgeDetectors,Technique:OrientationRepresentations and Corners.
UNIT III TEXTURE Lecture 9Hrs
Representing Texture –Extracting Image Structure with Filter Banks, Representing Texture using
the Statistics of Filter Outputs, Analysis (and Synthesis) Using Oriented Pyramids –The Laplacian
Pyramid, Filters in the Spatial Frequency Domain, Oriented Pyramids,
Application:SynthesizingTexturesforRendering,Homogeneity,SynthesisbySamplingLocalModels,
Shape from Texture, Shape from Texture for Planes,
UNIT IV SEGMENTATION BY CLUSTERING Lecture 8Hrs
What is Segmentation, Human Vision: Grouping and Gestalt, Applications: Shot Boundary
Detection and Background Subtraction. Image Segmentation by Clustering Pixels, Segmentation by
Graph-Theoretic Clustering. The Hough Transform, Fitting Lines, Fitting Curves
UNIT V RECOGNIZATIONBYRELATIONSBETWEENTEMPLATES Lecture 8Hrs
Finding Objects by Voting on Relations between Templates, Relational Reasoning Using Probabilistic
Models and Search, Using Classifiers to Prune Search, Hidden Markov Models, Application: HMM and
Sign Language Understanding, Finding People with HMM.
Textbooks:
DavidA.Forsyth,JeanPonce,ComputerVision-AModernApproach,PHI,2003.
Reference Books:
1. Geometric Computing with Clifford Algebras: Theoretical Foundations and
Applications in Computer Vision and Robotics, Springer;1 edition,2001by Sommer.
2. DigitalImageProcessingandComputerVision,1/e,bySonka.
3. ComputerVisionandApplications:ConciseEdition(WithCD)byJack,AcademyPress,2000.
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105216
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108103174
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(20A38601b) COMPUTER GRAPHICS & ANIMATION


Professional Elective Course– II

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the use of the components of a graphics system and become familiar with the
building approach of graphics system components and related algorithms.
 To provide insights on how to scan, convert the basic geometrical primitives, how to
transform the shapes to fit them as per the picture definition.
 To provide an understanding of mapping from world coordinates to device coordinates,
clipping, and projections.
 To discuss the application of computer graphics concepts in the development of computer
games, information visualization, and business applications.
 To familiarize the students with various approaches, methods and techniques of Animation
Technology.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Implement line, circle and ellipse drawing algorithms.
 Design applications that display graphic images to given specifications
 Inspect various algorithms to scan, convert the basic geometrical primitives, transformations,
area filling, clipping.
 Apply simple and composite transformations on graphics objects/elements.
 Implement filling algorithms, line and polygon clipping algorithms and create animations.
UNIT I Lecture 8Hrs
Introduction to Computer Graphics and Raster Scan Graphics
Introduction to Computer Graphics: Overview of Computer Graphics, Raster Refresh Graphics
Displays, Cathode Ray Tube Basics, Video Basics, Flat Panel Displays, Hardcopy Output devices,
Interactive Devices, Data Generation Devices, Graphical User Interfaces.
Raster Scan Graphics: Line drawing algorithms, DDA, Bresenham’s Algorithm, Circle Generation-
Bresenham’s Algorithm, Filled Area Algorithms: Scan line: Polygon Filling Algorithm, Boundary Fill
Algorithm.
UNIT II Two Dimensional Transformations &Viewing Lecture 9Hrs
Two-Dimensional transformations: transformations, translation, scaling, rotation, reflection,
composite transformation.
Two-Dimensional Viewing: The viewing pipeline, Window-to-Viewport Coordinate Transformation,
Point Clipping, Line Clipping: - 4-bit code algorithm, Sutherland-Cohen algorithm, parametric line
clipping algorithm (Cyrus Beck), Polygon clipping algorithm: Sutherland-Hodgeman polygon
clipping algorithm.
UNIT III Three Dimensional Transformations &Viewing Lecture 8Hrs
Three-Dimensional Transformations: Three-dimensional graphics concept, Matrix representation of 3
D Transformations, Composition of 3-D transformation.
Three-Dimensional Viewing: Projections, types of projections, mathematics of planner geometric
projections, coordinate systems. Hidden surface removal: Introduction to hidden surface removal. Z-
buffer algorithm, scanline algorithm, area subdivision algorithm
UNIT IV Representing Curves and Surfaces Lecture 8Hrs
Representing Curves and Surfaces: Parametric representation of curves: Bezier curves, B-Spline
curves. Parametric representation of surfaces; Interpolation method.
Rendering: Illumination Models, Shading Models for Polygons, Shadows, Transparency, Displaying
Light Intensities, Polygon-Rendering Methods.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

UNIT V Computer Animation Lecture 9 Hrs


Fundamentals of computer animation, Animation Techniques. Raster Animations, Computer-
Animation Languages, Key Frame Systems, Motion Specifications.

Textbooks:
1. Hearn, D. and Pauline Baker,M., Computer Graphics, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2002.
2. Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics – David F. Rogers, 2001, T.M.H Second
Edition.
3. “Computer Graphics Second edition”, Zhigandxiang, Roy Plastock, Schaum’s outlines, Tata
Mc Graw hill edition.
4. Computer Graphics, R. K. Maurya, John Wiley
Reference Books:
1. Neuman, W.M., and Sproull, R.F., Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics, McGraw Hill
Book Co., 1979.
2. Fundamentals of 3Dimensional Computer Graphics by Alan Watt, 1999, Addision Wesley.
3. Computer Graphics: Secrets and Solutions by Corrign John, BPB 4
4. M.C. Trivedi, NN Jani, Computer Graphics, Jaico Publications
5. Rishabh Anand, Computer Graphics- A practical Approach, Khanna Publishing House
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106090
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-II Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(20A05602P) MACHINE LEARNING LAB

Course Objectives:
 Make use of Data sets in implementing the machine learning algorithms
 Implement the machine learning concepts and algorithms in any suitable language of choice.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Understand the implementation procedures for the machine learning algorithms.
 Design Java/Python programs for various Learning algorithms.
 Apply appropriate data sets to the Machine Learning algorithms.
 Identify and apply Machine Learning algorithms to solve real world problems.

List of Experiments:
Note:
a) The programs can be implemented in either JAVA or Python.
b) For Problems 1 to 6 and 10, programs are to be developed without using the built-in classes
or APIs of Java/Python.
c) Data sets can be taken from standard repositories (https://archive.ics.uci.edu/ml/datasets.html)
or constructed by the students.
1. Implement and demonstrate the FIND-Salgorithm for finding the most specific hypothesis based
on a given set of training data samples. Read the training data from a .CSV file.
2. For a given set of training data examples stored in a .CSV file, implement and demonstrate the
Candidate-Elimination algorithm to output a description of the set of all hypotheses consistent
with the training examples.
3. Write a program to demonstrate the working of the decision tree based ID3 algorithm. Use an
appropriate data set for building the decision tree and apply this knowledge toclassify a new
sample.
4. Build an Artificial Neural Network by implementing the Backpropagation algorithm and test the
same using appropriate data sets.
5. Write a program to implement the naïve Bayesian classifier for a sample training data set stored as
a .CSV file. Compute the accuracy of the classifier, considering few test data sets.
6. Assuming a set of documents that need to be classified, use the naïve Bayesian Classifier model to
perform this task. Built-in Java classes/API can be used to write the program. Calculate the
accuracy, precision, and recall for your data set.
7. Write a program to construct a Bayesian network considering medical data. Use this model to
demonstrate the diagnosis of heart patients using standard Heart Disease Data Set. You can use
Java/Python ML library classes/API.
8. Apply EM algorithm to cluster a set of data stored in a .CSV file. Use the same data set for
clustering using k-Means algorithm. Compare the results of these two algorithms and comment on
the quality of clustering. You can add Java/Python ML library classes/API in the program.
9. Write a program to implement a k-Nearest Neighbour algorithm to classify the iris data set. Print
both correct and wrong predictions. Java/Python ML library classes can be used for this problem.
10. Implement the non-parametric Locally Weighted Regression algorithm in order to fit data points.
Select appropriate data set for your experiment and draw graphs.

References:
1. Aamodt, Agnar, and Enric Plaza. “Case-based reasoning: Foundational issues,
methodological variations, and system approaches.” AI communications 7.1 (1994): 39-59.
2. Adebayo, Julius, Justin Gilmer, Michael Muelly, Ian Goodfellow, Moritz Hardt, and Been
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Kim. “Sanity checks for saliency maps.” arXiv preprint arXiv:1810.03292 (2018).
3. Alain, Guillaume, and YoshuaBengio. “Understanding intermediate layers using linear
4. Classifier probes.” arXiv preprint arXiv:1610.01644 (2016).
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
http://vlabs.iitb.ac.in/vlabs-dev/labs/machine_learning/labs/index.php
https://www.numpy.org/
https://www.scipy.org/
https://matplotlib.org/
https://pandas.pydata.org/
https://scikit-learn.org/stable/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-II Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(20A05501P) COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB

Course Objectives:
 To understand the different types of networks
 To discuss the software and hardware components of a network
 To enlighten the working of networking commands supported by operating system
 To impart knowledge of Network simulator 2/3
 To familiarize the use of networking functionality supported by JAVA
 To familiarize with computer networking tools.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Apply the existing algorithms for error and flow control
 Experiment with the Network simulation environment
 Experiment with socket programming
 Develop various applications using socket programming
 Design the necessary Security and Authentication algorithms
List of Experiments:
1. Implementation of a program for CRC and Hamming code for Error Handling.
2. Implementation of a program for Remote command execution (Two M/C’s maybe used)
3. Implementation of an authentication algorithm to access a file.
4. Implement a Chatting application using JAVA TCP and UDP sockets.
5. Implementation of a Socket program for Echo/Ping/Talk commands.
6. Creation of a Socket between two Computers and Enable File Transfer between them using
a) TCP b) UDP
7. Create a Socket using HTTP for Web Page Upload & Download.
8. Using Wireshark perform the following operations:
1.Inspect HTTP Traffic
2.Inspect HTTP Traffic from a Given IP Address,
3.Inspect HTTP Traffic to a Given IP Address,
4.Reject Packets to Given IP Address,
5.Monitor Apache and MySQL Network Traffic.
9. Use CISCO Packet tracer software to build network topology and configure using Distance vector
routing protocol.
10. Use CISCO Packet tracer software to build network topology and configure using Link State routing
protocol.
11. Install Network Simulator 2/3. Create a wired network using dumbbell topology. Attach agents,
generate both FTP and CBR traffic, and transmit the traffic. Vary the data rates and evaluate the
performance using metric throughput, delay, jitter and packet loss.
12. Create a static wireless network. Attach agents, generate both FTP and CBR traffic, and transmit the
traffic. Vary the data rates and evaluate the performance using metric throughput, delay, jitter and
packet loss.
13. Create a mobile wireless network. Attach agents, generate both FTP and CBR traffic, and transmit the
traffic. Vary the data rates and evaluate the performance using metric throughput, delay, jitter and
packet loss.

References:
1. ShivendraS.Panwar, Shiwen Mao, Jeong-dong Ryoo, and Yihan Li, “TCP/IP Essentials:A
Lab-Based Approach”, Cambridge University Press, 2004.
2. Cisco Networking Academy, “CCNA1 and CCNA2 Companion Guide”, Cisco Networking
Academy Program, 3rd edition, 2003.
3. Elloitte Rusty Harold, “Java Network Programming”, 3rd edition, O’REILLY, 2011.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:


1. https://www.netacad.com/courses/packet-tracer - Cisco Packet Tracer.
2. Ns Manual, Available at: https://www.isi.edu/nsnam/ns/ns-documentation.html, 2011.
3. https://www.wireshark.org/docs/wsug_html_chunked/ -Wireshark.
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105183/25
5. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/computer-networks.html
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105183/3
7. http://vlabs.iitb.ac.in/vlabs-dev/labs_local/computer-networks/labs/explist.php
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-II Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(20A05502P) ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LAB

Course Objectives:
 To teach the methods of implementing algorithms using artificial intelligence techniques
 To illustrate search algorithms
To demonstrate the building of intelligent agents

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Implement search algorithms
 Solve Artificial intelligence problems
 Design chatbot and virtual assistant
List of Experiments:
1. Write a program to implement DFS and BFS
2. Write a Program to find the solution for traveling salesman Problem
3. Write a program to implement Simulated Annealing Algorithm
4. Write a program to find the solution for the wumpus world problem
5. Write a program to implement 8 puzzle problem
6. Write a program to implement Towers of Hanoi problem
7. Write a program to implement A* Algorithm
8. Write a program to implement Hill Climbing Algorithm
9. Build a Chatbot using AWS Lex, Pandora bots.
10. Build a bot that provides all the information related to your college.
11. Build a virtual assistant for Wikipedia using Wolfram Alpha and Python
12. The following is a function that counts the number of times a string occurs in another string:
# Count the number of times string s1 is found in string s2
defcountsubstring(s1,s2):
count = 0
for i in range(0,len(s2)-len(s1)+1):
if s1 == s2[i:i+len(s1)]:
count += 1
return count

For instance, countsubstring(’ab’,’cabalaba’) returns 2.

Write a recursive version of the above function. To get the rest of a string (i.e. everything but the first
character).

13. Higher order functions. Write a higher-order function count that counts the number of elements in
a list that satisfy a given test. For instance: count (lambda x: x>2, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5]) should return 3, as
there are three elements in the list larger than 2. Solve this task without using any existing higher-
order function.

14. Brute force solution to the Knapsack problem. Write a function that allows you to generate
random problem instances for the knapsack program. This function should generate a list of items
containing N items that each have a unique name, a random size in the range 1 ....... 5 and a random
value in the range 1..... 10.

Next, you should perform performance measurements to see how long the given knapsack solver take
to solve different problem sizes. You should perform at least 10 runs with different randomly
generated problem instances for the problem sizes 10,12,14,16,18,20 and 22. Use a backpack size of
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

2:5 x N for each value problem size N. Please note that the method used to generate random numbers
can also affect performance, since different distributions of values can make the initial conditions of
the problem slightly more or less demanding.
How much longer time does it take to run this program when we increase the number of items? Does
the backpack size affect the answer?
Try running the above tests again with a backpack size of 1 x N and with 4:0 x N.

15. Assume that you are organising a party for N people and have been given a list L of people who,
for social reasons, should not sit at the same table. Furthermore, assume that you have C tables (that
are infinitely large).

Write a function layout (N,C,L) that can give a table placement (i.e. a number from 0 : : :C -1) for
each guest such that there will be no social mishaps.

For simplicity we assume that you have a unique number 0 ......N-1 for each guest and that the list of
restrictions is of the form [(X, Y) ...] denoting guests X, Y that are not allowed to sit together. Answer
with a dictionary mapping each guest into a table assignment, if there are no possible layouts of the
guests you should answer False.
References:
1. David Poole, Alan Mackworth, Randy Goebel,”Computational Intelligence: a logical
approach”, Oxford University Press, 2004.
2. G. Luger, “Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for complex problem solving”,
Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2002.
3. J. Nilsson, “Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis”, Elsevier Publishers, 1998.
4. Artificial Neural Networks, B. Yagna Narayana, PHI
5. Artificial Intelligence, 2nd Edition, E.Rich and K.Knight, TMH.
6. Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems, Patterson, PHI.
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
https://www.tensorflow.org/
https://pytorch.org/
https://github.com/pytorch
https://keras.io/
https://github.com/keras-team
http://deeplearning.net/software/theano/
https://github.com/Theano/Theano
https://caffe2.ai/
https://github.com/caffe2
https://deeplearning4j.org/Scikit-learn:https://scikit-learn.org/stable/
https://github.com/scikit-learn/scikit-learn
https://www.deeplearning.ai/
https://opencv.org/
https://github.com/qqwweee/keras-yolo3
https://www.pyimagesearch.com/2018/11/12/yolo-object-detection-with-opencv/
https://developer.nvidia.com/cuda-math-library
http://vlabs.iitb.ac.in/vlabs-dev/labs/machine_learning/labs/index.php
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-II Sem L T P C
1 0 2 2
( 20A52401) SOFT SKILLS

Course Objectives:
 To encourage all round development of the students by focusing on soft skills
 To make the students aware of critical thinking and problem-solving skills
 To develop leadership skills and organizational skills through group activities
 To function effectively with heterogeneous teams
Course Outcomes:
By the end of the program students should be able to
 Memorize various elements of effective communicative skills
 Interpret people at the emotional level through emotional intelligence
 apply critical thinking skills in problem solving
 analyse the needs of an organization for team building
 Judge the situation and take necessary decisions as a leader
 Develop social and work-life skills as well as personal and emotional well-being

UNIT I Soft Skills & Communication Skills 10 Hrs


Introduction, meaning, significance of soft skills – definition, significance, types of communication skills -
Intrapersonal & Inter-personal skills - Verbal and Non-verbal Communication

Activities:
Intrapersonal Skills- Narration about self- strengths and weaknesses- clarity of thought – self- expression
– articulating with felicity
(The facilitator can guide the participants before the activity citing examples from the lives of the great,
anecdotes and literary sources)
Interpersonal Skills- Group Discussion – Debate – Team Tasks - Book and film Reviews by groups -
Group leader presenting views (non- controversial and secular) on contemporary issues or on a given topic.
Verbal Communication- Oral Presentations- Extempore- brief addresses and speeches- convincing-
negotiating- agreeing and disagreeing with professional grace.
Non-verbal communication – Public speaking – Mock interviews – presentations with an objective to
identify non- verbal clues and remedy the lapses on observation

UNIT II Critical Thinking 10 Hrs


Active Listening – Observation – Curiosity – Introspection – Analytical Thinking – Open-mindedness –
Creative Thinking
Activities:
Gathering information and statistics on a topic - sequencing – assorting – reasoning – critiquing issues –
placing the problem – finding the root cause - seeking viable solution – judging with rationale – evaluating
the views of others - Case Study, Story Analysis

UNIT III Problem Solving & Decision Making 10 Hrs


Meaning & features of Problem Solving – Managing Conflict – Conflict resolution –
Methods of decision making – Effective decision making in teams – Methods & Styles

Activities:
Placing a problem which involves conflict of interests, choice and views – formulating the problem –
exploring solutions by proper reasoning – Discussion on important professional, career and organizational
decisions and initiate debate on the appropriateness of the decision.
Case Study & Group Discussion
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

UNIT IV Emotional Intelligence & Stress Management 10 Hrs


Managing Emotions – Thinking before Reacting – Empathy for Others – Self-awareness – Self-Regulation
– Stress factors – Controlling Stress – Tips

Activities:
Providing situations for the participants to express emotions such as happiness, enthusiasm, gratitude,
sympathy, and confidence, compassion in the form of written or oral presentations.
Providing opportunities for the participants to narrate certain crisis and stress –ridden situations caused by
failure, anger, jealousy, resentment and frustration in the form of written and oral presentation, Organizing
Debates

UNIT V Leadership Skills 10 Hrs


Team-Building – Decision-Making – Accountability – Planning – Public Speaking – Motivation – Risk-
Taking - Team Building - Time Management

Activities:
Forming group with a consensus among the participants- choosing a leader- encouraging the group
members to express views on leadership- democratic attitude- sense of sacrifice – sense of adjustment –
vision – accommodating nature- eliciting views on successes and failures of leadership using the past
knowledge and experience of the participants, Public Speaking, Activities on Time Management,
Motivation, Decision Making, Group discussion etc.

NOTE-:
1. The facilitator can guide the participants before the activity citing examples from the lives of the great,
anecdotes, epics, scriptures, autobiographies and literary sources which bear true relevance to the prescribed
skill.
2. Case studies may be given wherever feasible for example for Decision Making- The decision of King
Lear or for good Leadership – Mahendar Singh Dhoni etc.

Textbooks:
1. Personality Development and Soft Skills (English, Paperback, Mitra BarunK.)Publisher: Oxford
University Press; Pap/Cdr edition (July 22, 2012)
2. Personality Development and Soft Skills: Preparing for Tomorrow, Dr Shikha KapoorPublisher : I
K International Publishing House; 0 edition (February 28, 2018)
Reference Books:
1. Soft skills: personality development for life success by Prashant Sharma, BPB publications
2018.
2. Soft Skills By Alex K. Published by S.Chand
3. Soft Skills: An Integrated Approach to Maximise Personality Gajendra Singh Chauhan,
Sangeetha Sharma Published by Wiley.
4. Communication Skills and Soft Skills (Hardcover, A. Sharma) Publisher: Yking books
5. SOFT SKILLS for a BIG IMPACT (English, Paperback, RenuShorey) Publisher: Notion Press
6. Life Skills Paperback English Dr. Rajiv Kumar Jain, Dr. Usha Jain Publisher: Vayu Education
of India
Online Learning Resources:
1. https://youtu.be/DUlsNJtg2L8?list=PLLy_2iUCG87CQhELCytvXh0E_y-bOO1_q
2. https://youtu.be/xBaLgJZ0t6A?list=PLzf4HHlsQFwJZel_j2PUy0pwjVUgj7KlJ
3. https://youtu.be/-Y-R9hDl7lU
4. https://youtu.be/gkLsn4ddmTs
5. https://youtu.be/2bf9K2rRWwo
6. https://youtu.be/FchfE3c2jzc
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– III-II Sem L T P C
2 0 0 0
(20A99601) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND PATENTS
(Mandatory Non-Credit Course)
Course Objectives:
• This course introduces the student to the basics of Intellectual Property Rights, Copy Right Laws,
Cyber Laws, Trade Marks and Issues related to Patents. The overall idea of the course is to help and
encourage the student for startups and innovations
Course Outcomes:
 Understand IPR law & Cyber law
 Discuss registration process, maintenance and litigations associated with trademarks
 Illustrate the copy right law
Enumerate the trade secret law.
UNIT I
Introduction to Intellectual Property Law – Evolutionary past – Intellectual Property Law Basics – Types of
Intellectual Property – Innovations and Inventions of Trade related Intellectual Property Rights – Agencies
Responsible for Intellectual Property Registration – Infringement – Regulatory – Overuse or Misuse of
Intellectual Property Rights –Compliance and Liability Issues.
UNIT II
Introduction to Copyrights – Principles of Copyright – Subject Matters of Copyright – Rights Afforded by
Copyright Law –Copyright Ownership – Transfer and Duration – Right to Prepare Derivative Works –Rights
of Distribution – Rights of performers – Copyright Formalities and Registration – Limitations – Infringement
of Copyright – International Copyright Law-Semiconductor Chip Protection Act.
UNIT III
Introduction to Patent Law – Rights and Limitations – Rights under Patent Law – Patent Requirements –
Ownership and Transfer – Patent Application Process and Granting of Patent – Patent Infringement and
Litigation – International Patent Law – Double Patenting – Patent Searching – Patent Cooperation Treaty –
New developments in Patent Law- Invention Developers and Promoters.
UNIT IV
Introduction to Trade Mark – Trade Mark Registration Process – Post registration procedures – Trade Mark
maintenance – Transfer of rights – Inter parties Proceedings – Infringement – Dilution of Ownership of Trade
Mark – Likelihood of confusion – Trade Mark claims – Trade Marks Litigation – International Trade Mark
Law.
UNIT V
Introduction to Trade Secrets – Maintaining Trade Secret – Physical Security – Employee Access Limitation –
Employee Confidentiality Agreement – Trade Secret Law – Unfair Competition – Trade Secret Litigation –
Breach of Contract – Applying State Law.Introduction to Cyber Law – Information Technology Act – Cyber
Crime and E-commerce – Data Security – Confidentiality – Privacy – International aspects of Computer and
Online Crime.
Textbooks:
1. Deborah E.Bouchoux: “Intellectual Property”. Cengage learning, New Delhi
2. Kompal Bansal &Parishit Bansal “Fundamentals of IPR for Engineers”, BS Publications (Press)
3. Cyber Law. Texts & Cases, South-Western’s Special Topics Collections
References:
1. Prabhuddha Ganguli: ‘ Intellectual Property Rights” Tata Mc-Graw – Hill, New Delhi
2. Richard Stim: “Intellectual Property”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.
3. R. Radha Krishnan, S. Balasubramanian: “Intellectual Property Rights”, Excel Books. New Delhi.
4. M. Ashok Kumar and Mohd. Iqbal Ali: “Intellectual Property Right” Serials Pub.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05701a) CLOUD COMPUTING
(Professional Elective Course-III)
Course Objectives:
 Examine the state-of-the art Distributed Computing systems
 Understand fundamentals and essentials of Cloud Computing
 Understand the importance of virtualization in Cloud Computing and now how this has
enabled the development of Cloud Computing
 Explore Cloud computing simulation tools
 Understand Cloud computing programming models
 Explore import cloud computing driven systems such as openstack, Aneka, public clouds
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Explain the principles of Cloud computing systems
 Compare the strengths and limitations of Cloud Computing
 Understand the private, hybrid and public clouds, followed by right selection of Cloud for the
specific application types
 Identify the appropriate Cloud service for a given application
 Evaluate the comparative advantages and disadvantages of virtualization, open-source tools,
Public Clouds
 Design and host the application in Private, Hybrid and Public Clouds using Thread, Task and
MapReduce programming models.

UNIT I Introduction to Cloud Computing 8 Hrs


Cloud Computing Insights- Distributed Computing, High Performance Computing, Utility and
Enterprise Grid Computing, Cluster Computing, Cloud Computing fundamentals, Essential
Characteristics, On Demand Self Service, Location independent resource pooling, Elastic Computing,
Measured Service, Comparing cloud providers with traditional IT service providers, Vendor Lock-in,
security level of third party- Security issues: Government policies.
UNIT II Cloud Architecture- Layers and Models 8 Hrs
Cloud computing architecture, Layers of Cloud computing- IaaS, PaaS and SaaS, Cloud deployment
models- Private, Public, Hybrid and Community Clouds, Advantages of Cloud Computing.
UNIT III Virtualization 9 Hrs
Introduction, Characteristics of Virtualized Environments, Virtualization and Cloud Computing, Pros
and Cons of Virtualization, Virtual machines and Virtualization of Clusters and Data Centres, Case
studies – Xen Virtual Machine monitors – Xen API, VMware- VMware products- VMware features,
Microsoft Virtual Server- Features of Microsoft Virtual Server, Openstack.
UNIT IV Simulators and Programming Models 9 Hrs
Cloudsim Open-source framework, Simulate VMs, memory, network, disks; Aneka – Cloud
computing Framework for Enterprise Cloud applications development, Aneka Architecture,
Programming models: Thread, Task and MapReduce,
UNIT V Developing Cloud Applications 9 Hrs
Case studies – Salesforce.com for SaaS application development, GAE- Google App Engine,
Microsoft Windows Azure – public resources for VMs and Services, AWS- Amazon Web Services –
public cloud registration, Services, OpenStack – Open Source Development Platform for Clouds and
tools.

Textbooks:
1. RajkumarBuyya, Christian Vecchiola, S. ThammaraiSelvi, “Mastering Cloud Computing –
Foundations and applications”, McGraw Hill Publications,
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

2. Toby Velte, Anthony Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, “Cloud Computing – A Practical Approach”,
Mc Graw Hill, Inc, New York, NY, USA.
Reference Books:
1. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C Fox, Jack J. Dongarra, “Distributed and Cloud Computing, Morgan
Kaufmann.
2. Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms, John Wiley & Sons publications

Online Learning Resources:


https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105167
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105167/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05703c) DEEP LEARNING
(Professional Elective Course– III)

Course Objectives:
 Demonstrate the major technology trends driving Deep Learning
 Build, train, and apply fully connected deep neural networks
 Implement efficient (vectorized) neural networks
 Analyse the key parameters and hyper parameters in a neural network's architecture
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Demonstrate the mathematical foundation of neural network
 Describe the machine learning basics
 Differentiate architecture of deep neural network
 Build a convolutional neural network
 Build and train RNN and LSTMs
UNIT I Lecture 8Hrs
Linear Algebra: Scalars, Vectors, Matrices and Tensors, Matrix operations, types of matrices,
Norms, Eigen decomposition, Singular Value Decomposition, Principal Components Analysis.
Probability and Information Theory: Random Variables, Probability Distributions, Marginal
Probability, Conditional Probability, Expectation, Variance and Covariance, Bayes’ Rule,
Information Theory. Numerical Computation: Overflow and Underflow, Gradient-Based
Optimization, Constrained Optimization, Linear Least Squares.

UNIT II Lecture 9Hrs


Machine Learning: Basics and Under fitting, Hyper parameters and Validation Sets, Estimators,
Bias and Variance, Maximum Likelihood, Bayesian Statistics, Supervised and Unsupervised
Learning, Stochastic Gradient Descent, Challenges Motivating Deep Learning. Deep Feed
forward Networks: Learning XOR, Gradient-Based Learning, Hidden Units, Architecture
Design, Back-Propagation and other Differentiation Algorithms.
Lecture 8Hrs
UNIT III
Regularization for Deep Learning: Parameter Norm Penalties, Norm Penalties as Constrained
Optimization, Regularization and Under-Constrained Problems, Dataset Augmentation, Noise
Robustness, Semi-Supervised Learning, Multi-Task Learning, Early Stopping, Parameter Tying
and Parameter Sharing, Sparse Representations, Bagging and Other Ensemble Methods,
Dropout, Adversarial Training, Tangent Distance, Tangent Prop and Manifold Tangent
Classifier. Optimization for Training Deep Models: Pure Optimization, Challenges in Neural
Network Optimization, Basic Algorithms, Parameter Initialization Strategies, Algorithms with
Adaptive Learning Rates, Approximate Second-Order Methods, Optimization Strategies and
Meta-Algorithms.

UNIT IV Lecture 9Hrs


Convolutional Networks: The Convolution Operation, Pooling, Convolution, Basic Convolution
Functions, Structured Outputs, Data Types, Efficient Convolution Algorithms, Random or
Unsupervised Features, Basis for Convolutional Networks.
Lecture 8Hrs
UNIT V
Sequence Modeling: Recurrent and Recursive Nets: Unfolding Computational Graphs,
Recurrent Neural Networks, Bidirectional RNNs, Encoder-Decoder Sequence-to-Sequence
Architectures, Deep Recurrent Networks, Recursive Neural Networks, Echo State Networks,
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

LSTM, Gated RNNs, Optimization for Long-Term Dependencies, Auto encoders, Deep
Generative Models.
Textbooks:
1. Ian Goodfellow, YoshuaBengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT
Press,2016.
2. Josh Patterson and Adam Gibson, “Deep learning: A practitioner's approach”,
O'Reilly Media, First Edition,2017.
Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Deep Learning, Designing next-generation machine
intelligence algorithms, Nikhil Buduma, O’Reilly, Shroff Publishers,2019.
2. Deep learning Cook Book, Practical recipes to get started Quickly,
DouweOsinga, O’Reilly, Shroff Publishers,2019.
Online Learning Resources:
1.https://keras.io/datasets/
2.http://deeplearning.net/tutorial/deeplearning.pdf
3.https://arxiv.org/pdf/1404.7828v4.pdf
4.https://www.cse.iitm.ac.in/~miteshk/CS7015.html
5.https://www.deeplearningbook.org
6.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105215
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05603T) INTERNET OF THINGS
Professional Elective III
Course Objectives:
 Understand the basics of Internet of Things and protocols.
 Discuss the requirement of IoT technology
 Introduce some of the application areas where IoT can be applied.
 Understand the vision of IoT from a global perspective, understand its applications,
determine its market perspective using gateways, devices and data management
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Understand general concepts of Internet of Things.
 Apply design concept to IoT solutions
 Analyze various M2M and IoT architectures
 Evaluate design issues in IoT applications
 Create IoT solutions using sensors, actuators and Devices

UNIT I Introduction to IoT Lecture 8Hrs


Definition and Characteristics of IoT, physical design of IoT, IoT protocols, IoT communication
models, IoT Communication APIs, Communication protocols, Embedded Systems, IoT Levels and
Templates

UNIT II Prototyping IoT Objects using Lecture 9Hrs


Microprocessor/Microcontroller
Working principles of sensors and actuators, setting up the board – Programming for IoT, Reading
from Sensors, Communication: communication through Bluetooth, Wi-Fi.

UNIT III IoT Architecture and Protocols Lecture 8Hrs


Architecture Reference Model- Introduction, Reference Model and architecture, IoT reference
Model, Protocols- 6LowPAN, RPL, CoAP, MQTT, IoT frameworks- Thing Speak.

UNIT IV Device Discovery and Cloud Services for IoT Lecture 8Hrs
Device discovery capabilities- Registering a device, Deregister a device, Introduction to Cloud
Storage models and communication APIs Web-Server, Web server for IoT.

UNIT V UAV IoT Lecture 10Hrs


Introduction toUnmanned Aerial Vehicles/Drones, Drone Types, Applications: Defense, Civil,
Environmental Monitoring; UAV elements and sensors- Arms, motors, Electronic Speed
Controller(ESC), GPS, IMU, Ultra sonic sensors; UAV Software –Arudpilot, Mission Planner,
Internet of Drones(IoD)- Case study FlytBase.

Textbooks:
1. Vijay Madisetti and ArshdeepBahga, “Internet of Things ( A Hands-on-Approach)”, 1st
Edition, VPT, 2014.
2. Handbook of unmanned aerial vehicles, K Valavanis; George J Vachtsevanos, New York,
Springer, Boston, Massachusetts : Credo Reference, 2014. 2016.
Reference Books:
1. Jan Holler, VlasiosTsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Avesand, Stamatis Karnouskos,
David Boyle, “ From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New
Age of Intelligence”, 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2014.
2. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti - Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach, Universities
Press, 2014.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

3. The Internet of Things, Enabling technologies and use cases – Pethuru Raj, Anupama C.
Raman, CRC Press.
4. Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting
Everything”, 1st Edition, Apress Publications, 2013
5. Cuno Pfister, Getting Started with the Internet of Things, O‟Reilly Media, 2011, ISBN: 978-
1-4493- 9357-1
6. DGCA RPAS Guidance Manual, Revision 3 – 2020
7. Building Your Own Drones: A Beginners' Guide to Drones, UAVs, and ROVs,
John Baichtal

Online Learning Resources:


1. https://www.arduino.cc/
2. https://www.raspberrypi.org/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105166/5
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108098/4
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A38701a) USABILITY STUDIES AND EVALUATION
(Professional Elective Course– IV)
Course Objectives:
 To develop an understanding of usability testing and evaluation concepts and techniques.
 To gain experience conducting both formal and informal usability evaluations.
 To develop skills as a usability testing moderator.
 To understand trade-offs in applying different evaluation techniques.
 To gain hands-on experience with the details of designing, planning, conducting, and reporting
results of a usability evaluation.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Describe the human centered design process and usability engineering process and their roles
in system design and development.
 Discuss usability design guidelines, their foundations, assumptions, advantages, and
weaknesses.
 Describe basics of human subject’s research.
 Design a user interface based on analysis of human needs and prepare a prototype
system.
 Assess user interfaces using different usability engineering techniques.
 Make a final report that justifies design decisions.

UNIT I Overview of Usability Lecture 8Hrs


Introduction: Usability and Other Considerations, Definition of Usability, Example: Measuring the
Usability of Icons, Usability Trade-Offs, Categories of Users and Individual User Differences.
Generations of User Interfaces: Batch Systems, Line-Oriented Interfaces, Full-Screen Interfaces,
Graphical User Interfaces, Next-Generation Interfaces, Long-Term Trends in Usability.

UNIT II Usability Engineering Lifecycle Lecture 9Hrs


Scenario-Based Usability Engineering: Design by Scenario-Marissa’s Gravity Project, Managing
Software Development, Usability in Software Development, Doing Scenario-Based Usability
Engineering, Example-Based Learning of SBD.
The Usability Engineering Lifecycle: Know the User, Competitive Analysis, Goal Setting, Parallel
Design, Participatory Design, Coordinating the Total Interface, Guidelines and Heuristic Evaluation,
Prototyping, Interface Evaluation, Iterative Design, Follow-Up Studies of Installed Systems, Meta-
Methods, Prioritizing, Usability Activities.

UNIT III Usability Heuristics and Testing Lecture 9Hrs


Usability Heuristics: Simple and Natural Dialogue, Speak the Users' Language, Minimize User
Memory Load, Consistency, Feedback, Clearly Marked Exits, Shortcuts, Good Error Messages,
Prevent Errors, Help and Documentation, Heuristic Evaluation.
Usability Testing: Test Goals and Test Plans, Getting Test Users, Choosing Experimenters, Ethical
Aspects of Tests with Human, Subjects, Test Tasks, Stages of a Test, Performance Measurement,
Thinking Aloud, Usability Laboratories.

UNIT IV Usability Assessment Methods and Interface Standards Lecture 8Hrs


Usability Assessment Methods beyond Testing: Observation, Questionnaires and Interviews,
Focus Groups, Logging, Actual Use, User Feedback, Choosing Usability Methods.
Interface Standards: National, International and Vendor Standards, Producing Usable In-House
Standards.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

UNIT V International User Interfaces and Future Lecture 8Hrs


Developments
International User Interfaces: International Graphical Interfaces, International Usability
Engineering, Guidelines for Internationalization, Resource Separation, Multilocale Interfaces.
Future Developments: Theoretical Solutions, Technological Solutions, CAUSE Tools: Computer-
Aided Usability Engineering, Technology Transfer

Textbooks:
1. J. Nielsen, Usability Engineering, Morgan Kaufmann, San Francisco, 1993.
2. Mary Beth Rosson and John M. Carroll, Usability Engineering: Scenario-Based
Development of Human-Computer Interaction, Morgan Kaufmann.

Reference Books:
1. J. Preece, Y.Rogers and H. Sharp, Interaction Design: Beyond Human – Computer Interaction,
John Wiley and Sons, Delhi, 2003.
2. W. O Galitz, The Essential Guide to User Interface Design, John Wiley and Sons – Dream
Tech India Pvt.Ltd, Delhi, 2002.
3. Developing User Interfaces - Ensuring Usability through Product & Process by Deborah Hix,
Rex Hartson, Wiley.

Online Learning Resources:


https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_de03/preview
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A38701b) ANIMATION PRINCIPLES AND DESIGN
Professional Elective Course– IV
Course Objectives:
 To understand the concept of 2D animation, cycles, and scenes.
 To understand basic concepts of animation, different types/ style and their workflow.
 To explain tools and techniques for 2D animation.
 To examine various processes of animation techniques that are developed with various
equipment.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Identify and apply various Animation Principles.
 Relate knowledge of various animation history and techniques.
 Determine various animation techniques with basic principles of animation.
 Create a 2D animation short movie.
 Create a complete promotional campaign using Animation and Graphics technique.
 Demonstrate skills in the use of industry standard tools.
UNIT I Drawing Techniques Lecture 8Hrs
What is Animation, History of Animation – Starting from Early approaches to motion in art,
Animation before film, Traditional Animation – The silent era, Walt Disney & Warner Bros., Snow
White & the seven dwarfs, The Television era, Stop-motion, CGI Animation - till date. Different
Types of Animation, Basic Drawing Concepts of Visualization Illustration and Sketching Basic
Shapes and Sketching Techniques
UNIT II Script Writing and Character Enhancement Lecture 9Hrs
Basic Script and Story Board, Concepts of 2D, Cel Animation, Character Design and Development,
Traditional animation, key frame animation, key poses and time stretch, character design
development, facial expressions and walk cycles.
UNIT III Animation Tools Processing Lecture 8Hrs
Scripting & Storyboarding with Toon Boom Pro, Animation Process Development, Usage of tools for
Digital Painting and vector drawings, How to develop a character and background creation, Usage of
timeline and its purpose.
UNIT IV Principles, Storytelling & Editing Lecture 8Hrs
Animation Concept Acting and Direction for Animation Timing for Animation Storytelling
Techniques Script Writing Concept Design and Development Storyboarding and Anima tics,Audio
and Video Streaming and Editing, Previsualization
UNIT V Advanced Techniques of Production, Digital Animation Lecture9 Hrs
Advanced 2D Production and Post Production, Digital Animation Scene Planning, Digital Animation
Ink and Paint, and Digital Animation Composting and Effects
Textbooks:
1. Edoux, Trish, Ranney, “Complete Anime Guide: Japanese Animation Film Directory and
Resource Guide”, ‘Tiger Mountain Press, 1997.
2. Kevin Hedgpeth (Author), Stephen Missal, “Exploring Drawing for Animation ,Design
Concepts,1st Edition, march 15, 2004.
3. The Illusion of Life: Disney Animation - Frank Thomas and Ollie Johnston
Reference Books:
1. Pakhira Malay K, "Computer Graphics, Multimedia and Animation”, Second Edition, 2010.
2. Preston Blair, "Cartooning: Animation 1 with Preston Blair: Learn to animate cartoons step
by step (How to Draw & Paint)", Walter Foster Publishing, 2003
Online Learning Resources:
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec20_cs08/preview
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A38701c) DIGITAL AUDIO DESIGN AND SYNTHESIS
Professional Elective Course– IV

Course Objectives:
• To learn about discrete time sampling, quantization, and signal processing.
• To understand and utilize general digital audio processing theory.
• Describe and demonstrate an understanding of the digital to analog and analog to digital
conversion process (using PCM), and how digital audio files are created, stored, and processed.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Examine the role of and the creative expectations of the sound designer.
• Learn the typical workflow for audio post production.
• Apply physical properties of sound in future projects.
• Articulate strengths and weaknesses of film, video, and web based sound design.
• Demonstrate technical proficiency in basic sound recording and live studio set-ups.

UNIT I Lecture 8Hrs


Sound and Numbers: Physics of Sound, Digital Basics, Binary Codes, Boolean Algebra, Analog
versus Digital.
Fundamentals of Digital Audio: Discrete Time Sampling, The Sampling Theorem, Aliasing,
Quantization, Dither.
Digital Audio Recording: Pulse-Code Modulation, Dither Generator, Input Lowpass Filter, Sample-
and-Hold Circuit, Analog-to-Digital Converter, Record Processing, Channel Codes.

UNIT II Lecture 9Hrs


Digital Audio Reproduction: Reproduction Processing, Digital-to-Analog Converter, Output Sample-
and-Hold Circuit, Output Lowpass Filter, Impulse Response, Digital Filters, Noise Shaping, Output
Processing, Alternate Coding Architectures, Timebase Correction.

UNIT III Lecture 8Hrs


Error Correction: Sources of Errors, Quantifying Errors, Objectives of Error Correction, Error
Detection, Error-Correction Codes, Reed-Solomon Codes, CIRC, Product Codes, Error Concealment.

UNIT IV Lecture 8Hrs


Digital Sound Synthesis: Introduction to Digital Sound Synthesis, Sampling and Additive Synthesis,
Multiple Wavetable, Wave Terrain, Granular, and Subtractive Synthesis.
UNIT V Lecture 9 Hrs
Digital Sound Synthesis: Modulation Synthesis, Physical Modelling and Format Synthesis, Waveform
Segment, Graphic, and Stochastic Synthesis.
Textbooks:
1. Ken C. Pohlmann, Principles of Digital Audio, Sixth Edition, O’Reilly.
2. The Computer Music Tutorial by Curtis Roads.
Reference Books:
1. On Sonic Art by Trever Wishart.
2. Andy Farnell, Designing Sound, 2010, ISBN: 9780262014410

Online Learning Resources: https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/digitalsounddesign/


JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

AWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05703a) FULL STACK DEVELOPMENT
(Professional Elective Course– V)

Course Objectives:
Learn the core concepts of both the frontend and backend programming course, to get
familiar with the latest web development technologies.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Develop a fully functioning website and deploy on a web server.
• Gain Knowledge about the front end and back end tools
• Find and use of code packages based on their documentation to produce working results in
a project.
• Create web pages that function using external data.

UNIT I Web Development Basics Lecture 8Hrs


Web development Basics - HTML & Web servers Shell - UNIX CLI Version control – Git &Github
HTML, CSS

UNIT II Frontend Development Lecture 9Hrs


Javascript basics OOPS Aspects of JavaScript Memory usage and Functions in JSAJAX for data
exchange with server jQuery Framework jQuery events, UI components etc. JSON data format.
UNIT III REACT JS Lecture 9Hrs
Introduction to React Router and Single Page Applications React Forms, Flow Architecture and
Introduction to Redux More Redux and Client-Server Communication

UNIT IV Java Web Development Lecture 8Hrs


JAVA PROGRAMMING BASICS, Model View Controller (MVC) Pattern MVC Architecture using
Spring RESTful API using Spring Framework Building an application using Maven

UNIT V Databases & Deployment Lecture 8Hrs


Relational schemas and normalization Structured Query Language (SQL) Data persistence using
SpringJDBC Agile development principles and deploying application in Cloud

Textbooks:
1. Web Design with HTML, CSS, JavaScript and JQuery Set Book by Jon Duckett
Professional JavaScript for Web Developers Book by Nicholas C. Zakas
2. Learning PHP, MySQL, JavaScript, CSS & HTML5: A Step-by-Step Guide to
Creating Dynamic Websites by Robin Nixon
3. AZAT MARDAN, Full Stack Java Script: Learn Back bone. js, Node.jsand
Mongo DB.2015
Reference Books:
1. Full-Stack JavaScript Development by Eric Bush.
2. Tomasz Dyl , Kamil Przeorski , Maciej Czarnecki, Mastering Full Stack React Web
Development 2017
Online Learning Resources:
https://ict.iitk.ac.in/product/full-stack-developer-html5-css3-js-bootstrap-php-4/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05703b) BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATIONS
(Professional Elective Course– V)

Course Objectives:
 Understand how block chain systems (mainly Bitcoin and Ethereum) work and to securely
interact with them,
 Design, build, and deploy smart contracts and distributed applications,
 Integrate ideas from block chain technology into their own projects.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Demonstrate the foundation of the Block chain technology and understand the
processes in payment and funding.
 Identify the risks involved in building Block chain applications.
 Review of legal implications using smart contracts.
 Choose the present landscape of Block chain implementations and Understand Crypto
currency markets.
 Examine how to profit from trading crypto currencies.

UNIT I Introduction Lecture 8Hrs


Introduction, Scenarios, Challenges Articulated, Block chain, Block chain Characteristics,
Opportunities Using Block chain, History of Block chain. Evolution of Block chain: Evolution of
Computer Applications, Centralized Applications, Decentralized Applications, Stages in Block
chain Evolution, Consortia, Forks, Public Block chain Environments, Type of Players in Block
chain Ecosystem, Players in Market.

UNIT II Block chain Concepts Lecture 9Hrs


Block chain Concepts: Introduction, Changing of Blocks, Hashing, Merkle-Tree, Consensus, Mining
and Finalizing Blocks, Currency aka tokens, security on block chain, data storage on block chain,
wallets, coding on block chain: smart contracts, peer-to-peer network, types of block chain nodes,
risk associated with block chain solutions, life cycle of block chain transaction.

UNIT III Architecting Block chain solutions Lecture 9Hrs


Architecting Block chain solutions: Introduction, Obstacles for Use of Block chain, Block chain
Relevance Evaluation Framework, Block chain Solutions Reference Architecture, Types of Block
chain Applications. Cryptographic Tokens, Typical Solution Architecture for Enterprise Use Cases,
Types of Block chain Solutions, Architecture Considerations, Architecture with Block chain
Platforms, Approach for Designing Block chain Applications.

UNIT IV Ethereum Block chain Implementation Lecture 8Hrs


Ethereum Block chain Implementation: Introduction, Tuna Fish Tracking Use Case, Ethereum
Ecosystem, Ethereum Development, Ethereum Tool Stack, Ethereum Virtual Machine, Smart
Contract Programming, Integrated Development Environment, Truffle Framework, Ganache, Unit
Testing, Ethereum Accounts, My Ether Wallet, Ethereum Networks/Environments, Infura,
Etherscan, Ethereum Clients, Decentralized Application, Metamask, Tuna Fish Use Case
Implementation, Open Zeppelin Contracts

UNIT V Hyper ledger Block chain Implementation Lecture 8Hrs


Hyper ledger Block chain Implementation, Introduction, Use Case – Car Ownership Tracking, Hyper
ledger Fabric, Hyper ledger Fabric Transaction Flow, Fab Car Use Case Implementation, Invoking
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Chain code Functions Using Client Application.


Advanced Concepts in Block chain: Introduction, Inter Planetary File System (IPFS), Zero-
Knowledge Proofs, Oracles, Self-Sovereign Identity, Block chain with IoT and AI/ML Quantum
Computing and Blockchain, Initial Coin Offering, Blockchain Cloud Offerings, Blockchain and its
Future Potential.

Textbooks:
1. Ambadas, Arshad SarfarzAriff, Sham “Blockchain for Enterprise Application Developers”,
Wiley
1. Andreas M. Antonpoulos, “Mastering Bitcoin: Programming the Open Blockchain” , O’Reilly

Reference Books:
1. Blockchain: A Practical Guide to Developing Business, Law, and Technology Solutions, Joseph
Bambara, Paul R. Allen, Mc Graw Hill.
2. Blockchain: Blueprint for a New Economy, Melanie Swan, O’Reilly

Online Learning Resources:


1. https://github.com/blockchainedindia/resources
2. Hyperledger Fabric - https://www.hyperledger.org/projects/fabric
3. Zero to Blockchain - An IBM Redbooks course, by Bob Dill, David Smits
https://www.redbooks.ibm.com/Redbooks.nsf/RedbookAbstracts/crse0 401.htm
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105184
5. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs44/preview
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05702a) FUNDAMENTALS OF AR/VR
(Professional Elective Course– V)

Course Objectives:
 To Teach about human interaction with computers
 To Demonstrate Virtual reality
 To introduce to the design of visualization tools
 To explain how to apply VR/MR/AR for various applications.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
 Demonstrate human interaction with computers
 Animate using Virtual reality and 3D Art optimization
 Design audio and video interaction paradigms
 Design Data visualization tools
 Apply VR/AR in various fields in industry

UNIT I Lecture 8Hrs


How Humans interact with Computers: Common term definition, introduction, modalities through
the ages (pre- 20th century, through world war-II, post-world war-II, the rise of personal computing,
computer miniaturization), why did we just go over all of this? Types of common HCI modalities,
new modalities, the current state of modalities for spatial computing devices, current controllers for
immersive computing systems, a note on hand tracking and hand pose recognition.
Designing for our Senses, Not our Devices: Envisioning a future, sensory technology explained,
who are we building this future for?, sensory design, five sensory principles, Adob’s AR story.

UNIT II Lecture 9Hrs


Virtual Reality for Art: A more natural way of making 3D art, VR for animation.
3D art optimization: Introduction, draw calls, using VR tools for creating 3D art, acquiring 3D
models vs making them from scratch.
How the computer vision that makes augmented reality possible works: Who are we?, a brief
history of AR, how and why to select an AR platform, mapping, platforms, other development
considerations, the AR cloud.

UNIT III Lecture 9Hrs


Virtual reality and augmented reality: cross platform theory: Why cross platform? The role of
game engines, understanding 3D graphics, portability lessons from video game design, simplifying
the controller input.
Virtual reality toolkit:open source framework for the community: What is VRTK and why people
use it? the history of VRTK, welcome to the steam VR unity toolkit, VRTK v4, the future of VRTK,
success of VRTK.
Three virtual reality and augmented reality development practices: Developing for virtual
reality and augmented reality, handling locomotion, effective use of audio, common interaction
paradigms.

UNIT IV Lecture 8Hrs


Data and machine learning visualization design and development in spatial computing:
Introduction, understanding data visualization, principles for data and machine learning visualization
design and development in spatial computing, why data and machine learning visualization works in
spatial computing, 2D data visualization vs 3D data visualization in spatial computing, interactivity
in data visualziations and in spatial computing, animation, failures in data visulaization, good data
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

visualization design optimize 3D spaces, data representations, infographics, and interactions,


defining distinctions in data visualization and big data for machine, how to create data visualization:
data visualization creation pipeline, webXR, data visualization challenges in XR, data visualization
industry use case examples of data visualization, 3D reconstruction and direct manipulation of real
world data, data visualization is for everyone, hands on tutorials, how to create data visualization,
resources.

UNIT V Lecture 8Hrs


Character AI and Behaviors: Introduction, behaviors, current practice: Reactive AI, more
intelligence in the system, Delibarative AI, machine learning.
The virtual and augmented reality health technology ecosystem: VR/AR health technology
application design, standard UX isn’t intuitive, tutorial: insight Parkinson’s experiment, companies,
case studies from leading academic institutions.
Textbooks:
1. Erin Pangilinan, Steve lukas, and Vasanth Mohan, “Creating Augmented & Virtual
Realities”, 1st edition, O’REILLY, 2019.
Reference Books:
 Steve Aukstakalnis, “Practical Augmented Reality”, Pearson Education, 2017.

Online Learning Resources:


https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106138
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121106013
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A52701a) ENTREPRENEURSHIP & INCUBATION
(HUMANITIES ELECTIVE II)
Course Objectives:
 To make the student understand about Entrepreneurship
 To enable the student in knowing various sources of generating new ideas in setting up
of New enterprise
 To facilitate the student in knowing various sources of finance in starting up of a
business
 To impart knowledge about various government sources which provide financial
assistance to entrepreneurs/ women entrepreneurs
 To encourage the student in creating and designing business plans

Course Outcomes:
 Understand the concept of Entrepreneurship and challenges in the world of
competition.
 Apply the Knowledge in generating ideas for New Ventures.
 Analyze various sources of finance and subsidies to entrepreneur/women
Entrepreneurs.
 Evaluate the role of central government and state government in promoting
Entrepreneurship.
 Create and design business plan structure through incubations.

UNIT I
Entrepreneurship - Concept, knowledge and skills requirement - Characteristics of successful
entrepreneurs - Entrepreneurship process - Factors impacting emergence of entrepreneurship -
Differences between Entrepreneur and Intrapreneur - Understanding individual entrepreneurial
mindset and personality - Recent trends in Entrepreneurship.

UNIT II
Starting the New Venture - Generating business idea – Sources of new ideas & methods of generating
ideas - Opportunity recognition - Feasibility study - Market feasibility, technical/operational
feasibility - Financial feasibility - Drawing business plan - Preparing project report - Presenting
business plan to investors.

UNIT III
Sources of finance - Various sources of Finance available - Long term sources - Short term sources -
Institutional Finance – Commercial Banks, SFC's in India - NBFC's in India - their way of financing
in India for small and medium business - Entrepreneurship development programs in India - The
entrepreneurial journey- Institutions in aid of entrepreneurship development

UNIT IV
Women Entrepreneurship - Entrepreneurship Development and Government - Role of Central
Government and State Government in promoting women Entrepreneurship - Introduction to various
incentives, subsidies and grants – Export- oriented Units - Fiscal and Tax concessions available -
Women entrepreneurship - Role and importance - Growth of women entrepreneurship in India -
Issues & Challenges - Entrepreneurial motivations.

UNIT V
Fundamentals of Business Incubation - Principles and good practices of business incubation- Process
of business incubation and the business incubator and how they operate and influence the
Type/benefits of incubators - Corporate/educational / institutional incubators - Broader business
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

incubation environment - Pre-Incubation and Post - Incubation process - Idea lab, Business plan
structure - Value proposition

Textbooks:
1. D F Kuratko and T V Rao, “Entrepreneurship” - A South-Asian Perspective – Cengage
Learning, 2012. (For PPT, Case Solutions Faculty may visit : login.cengage.com)
2. Nandan H, “ Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship”, PHI, 2013
References:
1. Vasant Desai, “Small Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship”, Himalaya Publishing 2012.
2. Rajeev Roy “Entrepreneurship”, 2nd Edition, Oxford, 2012.
3. B.JanakiramandM.Rizwana‖ “Entrepreneurship Development: Text & Cases”, Excel Books,
2011.
4. Stuart Read, Effectual “Entrepreneurship”, Routledge, 2013.

E-Resources
1. Entrepreneurship-Through-the-Lens-of-enture Capital
2. http://www.onlinevideolecture.com/?course=mba-programs&subject=entrepreneurship
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122106032/Pdf/7_4.pd
4. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/3514/Economics-/-Management-/-Entrepreneurhip/50
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A52701b) MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
(HUMANITIES ELECTIVE-II)

Course Objectives:
 To provide fundamental knowledge on Management, Administration, Organization & its
concepts.
 To make the students understand the role of management in Production
 To impart the concept of HRM in order to have an idea on Recruitment, Selection,Training&
Development, job evaluation and Merit rating concepts
 To create awareness on identify Strategic Management areas & the PERT/CPM for better
Project Management
 To make the students aware of the contemporary issues in management
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the concepts & principles of management and designs of organization in a
practical world
 Apply the knowledge of Work-study principles & Quality Control techniques in industry
 Analyze the concepts of HRM in Recruitment, Selection and Training & Development.
 Evaluate PERT/CPM Techniques for projects of an enterprise and estimate time & cost of
project & to analyze the business through SWOT.
 Create Modern technology in management science.

UNITI INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT


Management - Concept and meaning - Nature-Functions - Management as a Science and Art and
both. Schools of Management Thought - Taylor’s Scientific Theory-Henry Fayol’s principles - Eltan
Mayo’s Human relations - Systems Theory - Organisational Designs - Line organization - Line &
Staff Organization - Functional Organization - Matrix Organization - Project Organization -
Committee form of Organization - Social responsibilities of Management.

UNIT II OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT


Principles and Types of Plant Layout - Methods of Production (Job, batch and Mass Production),
Work Study - Statistical Quality Control- Deming‘s contribution to Quality. Material Management -
Objectives - Inventory-Functions - Types, Inventory Techniques - EOQ-ABC Analysis - Purchase
Procedure and Stores Management - Marketing Management - Concept - Meaning - Nature-
Functions of Marketing - Marketing Mix - Channels of Distribution - Advertisement and Sales
Promotion - Marketing Strategies based on Product Life Cycle.

UNIT III HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (HRM)


HRM - Definition and Meaning – Nature - Managerial and Operative functions - Evolution of HRM -
Job Analysis - Human Resource Planning(HRP) - Employee Recruitment-Sources of Recruitment -
Employee Selection - Process and Tests in Employee Selection - Employee Training and
Development - On-the- job & Off-the-job training methods - Performance Appraisal Concept -
Methods of Performance Appraisal – Placement - Employee Induction - Wage and Salary
Administration

UNIT IV STRATEGIC & PROJECT MANAGEMENT


Definition& Meaning - Setting of Vision - Mission - Goals - Corporate Planning Process -
Environmental Scanning - Steps in Strategy Formulation and Implementation - SWOT Analysis -
Project Management - Network Analysis - Programme Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT) -
Critical Path Method (CPM) Identifying Critical Path - Probability of Completing the project within
given time - Project Cost- Analysis - Project Crashing (Simple problems).
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

UNIT V CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT


The concept of Management Information System(MIS) - Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) -
Customer Relations Management(CRM) - Total Quality Management (TQM) - Six Sigma Concept -
Supply Chain Management(SCM) - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) - Performance Management
- Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) - Business Process Re-engineering and Bench Marking -
Balanced Score Card - Knowledge Management.

Textbooks:
1. A.R Aryasri, “Management Science”, TMH, 2013
2. Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert, Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.

References:
1. Koontz &Weihrich, “Essentials of Management”, 6th edition, TMH, 2005.
2. Thomas N.Duening& John M.Ivancevich, “Management Principles and Guidelines”, Biztantra.
3. Kanishka Bedi, “Production and Operations Management”, Oxford University Press, 2004.
4. Samuel C.Certo, “Modern Management”, 9th edition, PHI, 2005
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A52701c) ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING
(HUMANITIES ELECTIVE-II)
Course Objectives:
 To provide a contemporary and forward-looking on the theory and practice of Enterprise
Resource Planning
 To enable the students in knowing the Advantages of ERP
 To train the students to develop the basic understanding of how ERP enriches the
 Business organizations in achieving a multidimensional growth.
 Impart knowledge about the historical background of BPR
 To aim at preparing the students, technologically competitive and make them ready to self-
upgrade with the higher technical skills.
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the basic use of ERP Package and its role in integrating business functions.
 Explain the challenges of ERP system in the organization
 Apply the knowledge in implementing ERP system for business
 Evaluate the role of IT in taking decisions with MIS
 Create reengineered business processes with process redesign

UNITI
Introduction to ERP: Enterprise – An Overview Integrated Management Information, Business
Modeling, Integrated Data Model Business Processing Reengineering(BPR), Data Warehousing, Data
Mining, On-line Analytical Processing(OLAP), Supply Chain Management (SCM), Customer
Relationship Management(CRM),
UNITII
Benefits of ERP: Reduction of Lead-Time, On-time Shipment, Reduction in Cycle Time, Improved
Resource Utilization, Better Customer Satisfaction, Improved Supplier Performance, Increased
Flexibility, Reduced Quality Costs, Improved Information Accuracy and Design-making Capability
UNIT III
ERP Implementation Lifecycle: Pre-evaluation Screening, Package Evaluation, Project Planning
Phase, Gap Analysis, Reengineering, Configuration, Implementation Team Training, Testing, Going
Live, End-user Training, Post-implementation (Maintenance mode)
UNITIV
BPR: Historical background: Nature, significance and rationale of business process reengineering
(BPR), Fundamentals of BPR. Major issues in process redesign: Business vision and process
objectives, Processes to be redesigned, Measuring existing processes,
UNITV
IT in ERP: Role of information technology (IT) and identifying IT levers. Designing and building a
prototype of the new process: BPR phases, Relationship between BPR phases. MIS - Management
Information System, DSS - Decision Support System, EIS - Executive Information System.

Textbooks:
1. Pankaj Sharma. “Enterprise Resource Planning”. Aph Publishing Corporation, New Delhi,
2004.
2. Alexis Leon, “Enterprise Resource Planning”, IV Edition, Mc.Graw Hill, 2019
References:
1. Marianne Bradford “Modern ERP”, 3rd edition.
2. “ERP making it happen Thomas f. Wallace and Michael
3. Directing the ERP Implementation Michael w pelphrey
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A05706) MOBILE APPLICATIN DEVELOPMENT
(Skill Oriented course - V)

Course Objectives:
 Learn the configuration of Android Studio, SDK Manager, and AVD Emulators
 Understand Android UI Components and make use of Material Design for Android
 Learn the usage of Libraries, APIs and handle messages
 Explore various Hybrid App Development Platforms
 Acquire the knowledge of app releases and publishing and app to the play store

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Demonstrate the configuration of Android Software Development tools
• Design and develop Mobile Applications using Android and Kotlin
• Develop a complex android application by using apis, Libraries, and message handling
techniques
• Construct the mobile application using a hybrid framework or SDK
• Release and publish an application on Google Play Store
Activities:
Module 1:
Android OS Architecture: Application Layer, Framework Layer, Libraries and Runtime, Hardware
Abstraction Layer, and Kernel
Task: Select any two Mobile Apps used in your mobile phone and note the various functionalities
and their corresponding layers

Module 2:
Android Studio: Install Android Studio, SDK Manager, Configure Plugins, Android Virtual
Device(AVD) Emulators
Task: Install Android Studio and Configure Latest Android SDKs and Android Virtual Devices

Module 3:
Building your First Application: Understanding Activities and Intents, Activity Lifecycle and
Managing State, Activities and Implicit Intents
Task: Build and Run Hello World Application on the virtual Device and also test the app on your
mobile phone

Module 4:
Android UI components: Text Controls, Buttons, Widgets, Layouts, Containers

Task: Explore all the UI Controls and design a Student Registration Activity

Module 5:
Material Design for Android: Material theme and widgets, Elevation shadows, Cards, Animations,
Drawables
Task: Design the Student Registration Activity using Material Design for Android Components

Module 6:
Navigation: Back-button navigation, Hierarchical navigation patterns, Ancestral navigation (Up
button), Descendant navigation, Lateral navigation with tabs and swipes
Task: Design a complete Student Management Application using Android and provide effective
navigation between various Activities
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Module 7:
Connect to the Internet: Security best practices for network operations, Including permissions in the
manifest, Performing network operations on a worker thread, Making an HTTP connection, Parsing
the results, Managing the network state
Task: Develop an Android Application that stores Student Details into the hosting server and retrieve
student details from the server

Module 8:
Messages and Storage: Creating a Snackbar object, Showing the message to the user, instantiate a
Toast object, Show the toast, Add Notification to your App, Customize Notifications, App-specific
storage, Preferences, Room persistence library
Task: Secure the Student Management Application with proper hints, messages, notifications, and
logging

Module 9:
GeoLocation: Set up the project and get an API Key, Add Markers on the map, map Styles, Enable
location tracking
Task: Add your college location on maps and also provide a location tracking feature in your app

Module 10:
Authentication: Add Firebase to the project, Email Authentication, Phone Authentication, Gmail
Authentication
Task: Design and implement an effective student Login System with OTP feature and email
authentication using firebase

Module 11:
Hybrid App Development: Hybrid App vs Native App, React-Native, Flutter, Ionic, Xamarin
Task: Design Student Management App using any one of the Hybrid Frameworks or SDKs.

Module 12:
Publish App to Play Store: Add a launcher icon and Application ID, Specify API Level targets and
version number, Disable logging and debugging, Generate signed APK for release, Create a Google
Developer Account, Run pre-launch reports, Review criteria for publishing, Submit your app for
publishing.
Task: Prepare and Publish Your Android Apps in Google Play Store

References:
1. Smyth, Neil. Android Studio 4.2 Development Essentials - Kotlin Edition: Developing Android
Apps Using Android Studio 4.2, Kotlin, and Android Jetpack, Payload Media,
Incorporated, 2021.
2. Cheng, Fu. Build Mobile Apps with Ionic 4 and Firebase: Hybrid Mobile App
Development. Germany, Apress, 2018.
3. Derks, Roy, and Boduch, Adam. React and React Native: A Complete Hands-on Guide to Modern
Web and Mobile Development with React.js, 3rd Edition. United Kingdom, Packt
Publishing, 2020.

Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:


https://developer.android.com/
https://material.io/
https://kotlinlang.org/
https://google-developer-training.github.io/android-developer-fundamentals-course-concepts/
https://developers.google.com/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

OPEN
ELECTIVES
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A01505) BUILDING TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective-I)
Course Objectives:
 To know different types of buildings, principles and planning of the buildings.
 To identify the termite control measure in buildings, and importance of grouping
circulation, lighting and ventilation aspects in buildings.
 To know the different modes of vertical transportation in buildings.
 To know the utilization of prefabricated structural elements in buildings.
 To know the importance of acoustics in planning and designing of buildings.

Course Outcomes (CO):


 Understand the principles in planning and design the buildings
 To get different types of buildings, principles and planning of the buildings
 To know the different methods of termite proofing in buildings.
 Know the different methods of vertical transportation in buildings.
 Know the implementation of prefabricated units in buildings and effect of earthquake on
buildings.
 Know the importance of acoustics in planning and designing of buildings.

UNIT I
Overview of the course, basic definitions, buildings-types-components-economy and design-
principles of planning of buildings and their importance. Definitions and importance of grouping and
circulation-lighting and ventilation-consideration of the above aspects during planning of building.
UNIT II
Termite proofing: Inspection-control measures and precautions-lighting protectionof buildings-
general principles of design of openings-various types of fire protection measures to be considered
while panning a building.
UNIT III
Vertical transportation in a building: Types of vertical transportation-stairs-different forms of stairs-
planning of stairs-other modes of vertical transportation –lifts-ramps-escalators.
UNIT IV
Prefabrication systems in residential buildings-walls-openings-cupboards-shelves etc., planning and
modules and sizes of components in prefabrication. Planning and designing of residential buildings
against the earthquake forces, principles, seismic forces and their effect on buildings.
UNIT V
Acoustics –effect of noise –properties of noise and its measurements, principles of acoustics of
building. Sound insulation-importance and measures.

Textbooks:
1. Building construction by Varghese, PHI Learning Private Limited 2 nd Edition 2015
2. Building construction by Punmia.B.C, Jain.A.K and Jain.A.K Laxmi Publications 11 th
edition 2016
Reference Books:
1. National Building Code of India, Bureau of Indian Standards
2. Building construction-Technical teachers training institute, Madras, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Building construction by S.P.Arora and S.P.BrndraDhanpat Rai and Sons Publications, New
Delh 2014 edition
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102206
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105103206
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A02505) ELECTRIC VEHICLES
(Open Elective-I)
Course Objectives:
 To get exposed to new technologies of battery electric vehicles, fuel cell electric vehicles
 To get exposed to EV system configuration and parameters
 To know about electro mobility and environmental issues of EVs
 To understand about basic EV propulsion and dynamics
 To understand about fuel cell technologies for EV and HVEs
 To know about basic battery charging and control strategies used in electric vehicles
Course Outcomes:
 Understand and differentiate between conventional and latest trends in Electric Vehicles
 Analyze various EV resources, EV dynamics and Battery charging
 Apply basic concepts of EV to design complete EV system
 Design EV system with various fundamental concepts

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO EV SYSTEMS AND PARAMETERS


Past, Present and Future EV, EV Concept, EV Technology, State-of-the Art EVs, EV configuration, EV
system, Fixed and Variable gearing, single and multiple motor drive, in-wheel drives, EV parameters:
Weight, size, force and energy, performance parameters.
UNIT II EV AND ENERGY SOURCES
Electro mobility and the environment, history of Electric power trains, carbon emissions from fuels,
green houses and pollutants, comparison of conventional, battery, hybrid and fuel cell electric systems
UNIT III EV PROPULSION AND DYNAMICS
Choice of electric propulsion system, block diagram, concept of EV Motors, single and multi motor
configurations, fixed and variable geared transmission, In-wheel motor configuration, classification,
Electric motors used in current vehicle applications, Recent EV Motors, Vehicle load factors, vehicle
acceleration.
UNIT IV FUEL CELLS
Introduction of fuel cells, basic operation, model, voltage, power and efficiency, power plant system –
characteristics, sizing, Example of fuel cell electric vehicle.
Introduction to HEV, brake specific fuel consumption, comparison of series, series-parallel hybrid
systems, examples
UNIT V BATTERY CHARGING AND CONTROL

Battery charging: Basic requirements, charger architecture, charger functions, wireless charging,
power factor correction.
Control: Introduction, modelling of electromechanical system, feedback controller design approach, PI
controllers designing, torque-loop, speed control loop compensation, acceleration of battery electric
vehicle

Textbooks:
1. C.C Chan, K.T Chau: Modern Electric Vehicle Technology, Oxford University Press Inc., New
York 2001.
2. James Larminie, John Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, Wiley, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Electric and Hybrid Vehicles Design Fundamentals, Iqbal Husain, CRC Press 2005.
2. Ali Emadi, Advanced Electric Drive Vehicles, CRC Press, 2015.

Online Learning Resources:


1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ee53/preview
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A03505) 3D PRINTING TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective-I)
Course Objectives:
 Familiarize techniques for processing of CAD models for rapid prototyping.
 Explain fundamentals of rapid prototyping techniques.
 Demonstrate appropriate tooling for rapid prototyping process.
 Focus Rapid prototyping techniques for reverse engineering.
 Train Various Pre – Processing, Processing and Post Processing errors in RP Processes.
Course Outcomes:
 Use techniques for processing of CAD models for rapid prototyping.
 Understand and apply fundamentals of rapid prototyping techniques.
 Use appropriate tooling for rapid prototyping process.
 Use rapid prototyping techniques for reverse engineering.
 Identify Various Pre – Processing, Processing and Post Processing errors in RP processes.

UNIT I Introduction to 3D Printing


Introduction to Prototyping, Traditional Prototyping Vs. Rapid Prototyping (RP), Need for time
compression in product development, Usage of RP parts, Generic RP process, Distinction between RP
and CNC, other related technologies, Classification of RP.

UNIT II Solid and Liquid Based RP Systems


Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applicationsof Fusion Deposition
Modelling (FDM), Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM), Stereo lithography (SLA), Direct Light
Projection System (DLP) and Solid Ground Curing (SGC).

UNIT III Powder Based & Other RP Systems


Powder Based RP Systems: Working Principle,Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications
of Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Direct Metal Laser Sintering (DMLS), Laser Engineered Net
Shaping (LENS) and Electron Beam Melting (EBM).
Other RP Systems: Working Principle,Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications of Three
Dimensional Printing (3DP), Ballastic Particle Manufacturing (BPM) and Shape Deposition
Manufacturing (SDM).

UNIT IV Rapid Tooling & Reverse Engineering


Rapid Tooling: Conventional Tooling Vs. Rapid Tooling, Classification of Rapid Tooling, Direct and
Indirect Tooling Methods, Soft and Hard Tooling methods.
Reverse Engineering (RE): Meaning, Use, RE – The Generic Process, Phases of RE Scanning,
Contact Scanners and Noncontact Scanners, Point Processing, Application Geometric Model,
Development.

UNIT V Errors in 3D Printing and Applications:


Pre-processing, processing and post-processing errors, Part building errors in SLA, SLS, etc.
Software: Need for software, MIMICS, Magics, SurgiGuide, 3-matic, 3D-Doctor, Simplant,
Velocity2, VoXim, Solid View, 3DView, etc., software, Preparation of CAD models, Problems with
STL files, STL file manipulation, RP data formats: SLC, CLI, RPI, LEAF, IGES, HP/GL, CT, STEP.
Applications: Design, Engineering Analysis and planning applications, Rapid Tooling, Reverse
Engineering, Medical Applications of RP.
Textbooks:
1. Chee Kai Chua and Kah Fai Leong, “3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing Principles and
Applications” 5/e, World Scientific Publications, 2017.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

2. Ian Gibson, David W Rosen, Brent Stucker, “Additive Manufacturing Technologies: 3D


Printing, Rapid Prototyping, and Direct Digital Manufacturing”, Springer, 2/e, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. Frank W.Liou, “Rapid Prototyping & Engineering Applications”, CRC Press, Taylor &
Francis Group, 2011.
2. Rafiq Noorani, “Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications in Manufacturing”, John
Wiley&Sons, 2006.

Online Learning Resources:


 NPTEL Course on Rapid Manufacturing.
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104265/
 https://www.hubs.com/knowledge-base/introduction-fdm-3d-printing/
 https://slideplayer.com/slide/6927137/
 https://www.mdpi.com/2073-4360/12/6/1334
 https://www.centropiaggio.unipi.it/sites/default/files/course/material/2013-11-29%20-
%20FDM.pdf
 https://lecturenotes.in/subject/197
 https://www.cet.edu.in/noticefiles/258_Lecture%20Notes%20on%20RP-ilovepdf-
compressed.pdf
 https://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1517967201.pdf
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NkC8TNts4B4
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A04507) MATLAB PROGRAMMING FOR ENGINEERS

Course Objectives:
To provide fundamental knowledge of programming language for solving problems.
Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to
 Generate arrays and matrices for numerical problems solving.
 Represent data and solution in graphical display.
 Write scripts and functions to easily execute series of tasks in problem solving.
 Use arrays, matrices and functions in Engineering applications
 Design GUI for basic mathematical applications.

UNIT I
Introduction: Basics of MATLAB, MATLAB windows, Advantages of MATLAB, on-line help, file
types. MATLAB Basics: Variables and Constants –Vectors and Matrices- Arrays - manipulation-
Built-in MATLAB Functions. Creating and printing simple plots, Creating, Saving and Executing a
Script File, Creating and Executing a function file. Programming Basics: Data Types-Operators –
Hierarchy of operations, Relational and logical operators, if-end structure, if-else-end structure, if-
elseif-else-end structure, switch-case statement, for-end loop, while-end loop, break and continue
commands.

UNIT II
Scripts and Functions Script Files, Function Files, Debugging methods in MATLAB. Graphics: Basic
2D plots: Printing labels- grid and axes box- Entering text in a box- Axis control-Style options
Multiple plots-subplots-specialized 2D plots: stem-, bar, hist, pi, stairs, loglog, semilog,polar,comet
3D plots: Mesh,Contour,Surf,Stem3,ezplot.

UNIT III
Numerical Methods Using MATLAB Numerical Differentiation, Numerical integration- Newton-
Cotes integration formulae, Multi-step application of Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 Rule for
Numerical Integration. MATLAB functions for integration. Linear Equations- Linear algebra in
MATLAB, solving a linear system, Gauss Elimination, Finding eigen values and eigen vectors,
Matrix factorizations, Advanced topics.

UNIT IV
Nonlinear Equations System of Non-linear equations, Solving System of Equations Using MATLAB
function fsolve, Interpolation Lagrange Interpolation, Two dimensional Interpolation, Straight line fit
using Least Square Method, Curve fitting using built-in functions ployval and polyfit, cubic fit using
least square method. Finding roots of a polynomial - roots function, Newton-Raphson Method.

UNIT V
Solution of Ordinary differential Equations (ODEs)-The 4th order Runge-kutta Method, ODE Solvers
in MATLAB, Solving First –order equations using ODE23 and ODE45. Structures and Graphical user
interface (GUI): Advanced data Objects, how a GUI works, Creating and displaying a GUI. GUI
components, Dialog Boxes.

Learning Resources:
1. Getting started with MATLAB “A quick introduction for scientist and engineers by Rudra
Pratap, Oxford publications.
2. Advanced Guide to MATLAB-Practical Examples in Science and Engineering by S.N.Alam,
S.Islam, S.K. Patel-I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

3. Stephen J. Chapman-"MATLAB Programming for Engineers"- 5th Edition- Cengage


Learning- 2015. Getting started with MATLAB (Version 9) The Math works.
4. An Introduction to MATLAB® Programming and Numerical Methods for Engineers 1st
Edition by Timmy Siauw Alexandre Bayen, Elsevier-18th April 2014.
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103106118/2
6. https://www.udemy.com/numerical-methods
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A04508) INTRODUCTION TO CONTROL SYSTEMS
Course Objectives:
 To learn the concepts of linear Systems theory and its analysis.

Course Outcomes:
 Understand different system representation, block diagram reduction and Mason’s rule.
 Determine Time response analysis of LTI systems and steady state error.
 Plot open loop and closed loop frequency responses of systems
 Understand Stability concept.
 Perform State variable analysis.

UNIT I MATHEMATICAL MODELS OF PHYSICAL SYSTEMS


Definition & classification of system – terminology & structure of feedback control theory –
Analogous systems - Physical system representation by Differential equations – Block diagram
reduction– Signal flow graphs.
UNIT II TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS & ROOT LOCUS TECHNIQUE
Standard test signals – Steady state error & error constants – Time Response of I and II order system –
Root locus – Rules for sketching root loci.
UNIT III FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS
Correlation between Time & Frequency response – Polar plots – Bode Plots – Determination of
Transfer Function from Bode plot.
UNIT IV STABILITY CONCEPTS & ANALYSIS
Concept of stability – Necessary condition – RH criterion – Relative stability – Nyquist stability
criterion – Stability from Bode plot – Relative stability from Nyquist & Bode – Closed loop frequency
response.
UNIT V STATE VARIABLE ANALYSIS
Concept of state – State Variable & State Model – State models for linear & continuous time systems
– Solution of state & output equation – controllability & observability.

Textbooks:
1. Benjamin C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, PHI Learning Private Ltd, 2010.
2. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, Control Systems Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Private
Limited, Reprint, 2010.
References:
1. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems, Pearson Education, Third
Impression, 2009.
2. S. Palani, Control System Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Private Limited, First
Reprint, 2010.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
20A27505) COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN FOOD TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective-1)
Course Objectives:
 To know different software and applications in food technology.
 To understand the Chemical kinetics in food processing, Microbial distraction in thermal
processing of food.
 To acquire knowledge on computer aided manufacturing and control of food machinery,
inventory control, process control.
Course Outcomes:
 Students will gain knowledge on software in food technology, data analysis, Chemical
kinetics, microbial distortion in thermal process
 Use of linear regression in analyzing sensory data, application of computer in some common
food industries like, milk plant, bakery units & fruits vegetable plants.

UNIT I
Introduction to various software and their applications in food technology. Application of MS Excel
to solve the problems of Food Technology, SPSS and JMP for data analysis, Pro-Engineering for
design, Lab VIEW and SCADA for process control .

UNIT II
Chemical kinetics in food processing: Determining rate constant of zero order reaction First order
rate constant and half-life of reactions. Determining energy of activation of vitamin degradation
during food storage Rates of Enzymes catalyzed reaction. Microbial distraction in thermal processing
of food. Determining decimal reduction time from microbial survival data, Thermal resistance factor,
Z-values in thermal processing of food. Sampling to ensure that a lot is not contaminated with more
than a given percentage Statistical quality control. Probability of occurrence in normal distribution.
Using binomial distribution to determine probability of occurrence. Probability of defective items in a
sample obtained from large lot

UNIT III
Sensory evaluation of food Statistical descriptors of a population estimated from sensory data
obtained from a sample Analysis of variance. One factor, completely randomized design For two
factor design without replication. Use of linear regression in analyzing sensory data. Mechanical
transport of liquid food. Measuring viscosity of liquid food using a capillary tube viscometer . Solving
simultaneous equations in designing multiple effect evaporator while using matrix algebra available in
excel.

UNIT IV
Familiarization with the application of computer in some common food industries like, milk plant,
bakery units & fruits vegetable plants, stating from the receiving of raw material up to the storage &
dispatch of finished product.

UNIT V
Basic Introduction to computer aided manufacturing. Application of computers, instrumentation and
control of food machinery, inventory control, process control etc.
Recommended books:
1. Computer Applications in Food Technology: Use of Spreadsheets in Graphical, Statistical and
Process Analysis by R. Paul Singh, AP.
2. Manuals of MS Office.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A54501) OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Open Elective- I)

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to classify and formulate real-life problem for modeling as
optimization problem, solving and applying for decision making.

Course Outcomes: Student will be able to


 formulate a linear programming problem and solve it by various methods.
 give an optimal solution in assignment jobs, give transportation of items from sources to
destinations.
 identify strategies in a game for optimal profit.
 implement project planning.
UNIT I
Introduction to operational research-Linear programming problems (LPP)-Graphical method-
Simplex method-Big M Method-Dual simplex method.

UNIT II
Transportation problems- assignment problems-Game theory.

UNIT III
CPM and PERT –Network diagram-Events and activities-Project Planning-Reducing critical events
and activities-Critical path calculations.

UNIT IV
Sequencing Problems-Replacement problems-Capital equipment- Discounting costs- Group
replacement.

UNIT V
Inventory models-various costs- Deterministic inventory models-Economic lot size-Stochastic
inventory models- Single period inventory models with shortage cost.

Textbooks:
1. Operations Research , S.D. Sharma.
2. Operations Research, An Introduction, Hamdy A. Taha, Pearson publishers.
3. Operations Research, Nita H Shah, Ravi M Gor, Hardik Soni, PHI publishers

Reference Books:
1. Problems on Operations Research, Er. Prem kumargupta, Dr.D.S. Hira, Chand publishers
2. Operations Research, CB Gupta, PK Dwivedi, Sunil kumaryadav

Online Learning Resources:


https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/105108127/pdf/Module_1/M1L2slides.pdf
https://slideplayer.com/slide/7790901/
https://www.ime.unicamp.br/~andreani/MS515/capitulo12.pdf
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A56501) MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Open Elective- I)
Course Objectives:
 To provide an exposure to different characterization techniques.
 To enlighten the basic principles and analysis of different spectroscopic techniques.
 To explain the basic principle of Scanning electron microscope along with its limitations and
applications.
 To identify the Resolving power and Magnification of Transmission electron microscope and
its applications.
 To educate the uses of advanced electric and magnetic instruments for characterization.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able
 To explain the structural analysis by X-ray diffraction.
 To understand the morphology of different materials using SEM and TEM.
 To recognize basic principles of various spectroscopic techniques.
 To study the electric and magnetic properties of the materials.
 To make out which technique can be used to analyse a material
UNIT I
Structure analysis by Powder X-Ray Diffraction: Introduction, Bragg’s law of diffraction, Intensity of
Diffracted beams, Factors affecting Diffraction, Intensities, Structure of polycrystalline Aggregates,
Determination of crystal structure, Crystallite size by Scherrer and Williamson-Hall (W-H) Methods,
Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) (in brief).
UNIT II
Microscopy technique -1 –Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)
Introduction, Principle, Construction and working principle of Scanning Electron Microscopy,
Specimen preparation, Different types of modes used (Secondary Electron and Backscatter Electron),
Advantages, limitations and applications of SEM.
UNIT III
Microscopy Technique -2 - Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM): Construction and Working
principle, Resolving power and Magnification, Bright and dark fields, Diffraction and image
formation, Specimen preparation, Selected Area Diffraction, Applications of Transmission Electron
Microscopy, Difference between SEM and TEM, Advantage and Limitations of Transmission
Electron Microscopy.
UNIT IV
Spectroscopy techniques – Principle, Experimental arrangement, Analysis and advantages of the
spectroscopic techniques – (i) UV-Visible spectroscopy (ii) Raman Spectroscopy, (iii) Fourier
Transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy, (iv) X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS).
UNIT V
Electrical & Magnetic Characterization techniques: Electrical Properties analysis techniques (DC
conductivity, AC conductivity) Activation Energy, Effect of Magnetic field on the electrical
properties (Hall Effect). Magnetization measurement by induction method, Vibrating sample
Magnetometer (VSM) and SQUID.
Textbooks:
1. Material Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods –Yang
Leng – John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd. 2008
2. Handbook of Materials Characterization -by Sharma S. K. - Springer
References:
1. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy – IV Ed. – Colin Neville Banwell and Elaine M.
McCash, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. Elements of X-ray diffraction – Bernard Dennis Cullity& Stuart R Stocks, Prentice Hall, 2001
3. Materials Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods-Yang Leng- John Wiley
& Sons4. Characterization of Materials 2nd Edition, 3 Volumes-Kaufmann E N -John Wiley (Bp)
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A51501) CHEMISTRY OF ENERGY MATERIALS
(Open Elective- I)

Course Objectives:
 To make the student understand basic electrochemical principles such as standard electrode
potentials, emf and applications of electrochemical principles in the design of batteries.
 To understand the basic concepts of processing and limitations of fossil fuels and Fuel cells &
their applications.
 To impart knowledge to the students about fundamental concepts of hydrogen storage in
different materials and liquification method
 Necessasity of harnessing alternate energy resources such as solar energy and its basic
concepts.
 To understand and apply the basics of calculations related to material and energy flow in the
processes.
Course Outcomes:
 Ability to perform simultaneous material and energy balances.
 Student learn about various electrochemical and energy systems
 Knowledge of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels
 To know the energy demand of world, nation and available resources to fulfill the demand
 To know about the conventional energy resources and their effective utilization
 To acquire the knowledge of modern energy conversion technologies
 To be able to understand and perform the various characterization techniques of fuels
 To be able to identify available nonconventional (renewable) energy resources and techniques
to utilize them effectively

UNIT I: Electrochemical Systems: Galvanic cell, standard electrode potential, application of EMF,
electrical double layer, dipole moments, polarization, Batteries-Lead-acid and Lithium ion batteries.

UNIT II: Fuel Cells: Fuel cell working principle, Classification of fuel cells, Polymer electrolyte
membrane (PEM) fuel cells, Solid-oxide fuel cells (SOFC), Fuel cell efficiency, Basic design of fuel
cell,.

UNIT III: Hydrogen Storage: Hydrogen Storage, Chemical and Physical methods of hydrogen
storage, Hydrogen Storage in metal hydrides, metal organic frame works (MOF), Carbon structures,
metal oxide porous structures, hydrogel storage by high pressure methods. Liquifaction method.

UNIT IV:Solar Energy: Solar energy introduction and prospects, photo voltaic (PV) technology,
concentrated solar power (CSP), Solar Fuels, Solar cells.

UNIT V: Photo and Photo electrochemical Conversions: Photochemical cells and applications of
photochemical reactions, specificity of photo electrochemical cell, advantage of photoelectron
catalytic conversions.
References:
1. Physical chemistry by Ira N. Levine
2. Essentials of Physical Chemistry, Bahl and Bahl and Tuli.
3. Inorganic Chemistry, Silver and Atkins
4. Fuel Cell Hand Book 7th Edition, by US Department of Energy (EG&G technical services and
corporation)
5. Hand book of solar energy and applications by Arvind Tiwari and Shyam.
6. Solar energy fundamental, technology and systems by Klaus Jagar et.al.
7. Hydrogen storage by Levine Klebonoff
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(20A01605) ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS


(Open Elective Course - II)
Course Objectives:
• To impart knowledge on sustainable development and economics of energy
• To teach regarding environmental degradation and economic analysis of degradation
• To inculcate the knowledge of economics of pollution and their management
• To demonstrate the understanding of cost benefit analysis of environmental resources
• To make the students to understand principles of economics of biodiversity
Course Outcomes :
After the completion of the course, the students will be able to know
• The information on sustainable development and economics of energy
• The information regarding environmental degradation and economic analysis of degradation
• The identification of economics of pollution and their management
• The cost benefit analysis of environmental resources
• The principles of economics of biodiversity
UNIT I
Sustainable Development: Introduction to sustainable development - Economy-Environment inter-
linkages - Meaning of sustainable development - Limits to growth and the environmental Kuznets
curve – The sustainability debate - Issues of energy and the economics of energy – Nonrenewable
energy, scarcity, optimal resources, backstop technology, property research, externalities, and the
conversion of uncertainty.
UNIT II
Environmental Degradation: Economic significance and causes of environmental degradation - The
concepts of policy failure, externality and market failure - Economic analysis of environmental
degradation – Equi –marginal principle.
UNIT - III
Economics of Pollution: Economics of Pollution - Economics of optimal pollution, regulation,
monitoring and enforcement - Managing pollution using existing markets: Bargaining solutions –
Managing pollution through market intervention: Taxes, subsidies and permits.
UNIT IV
Cost – Benefit Analysis: Economic value of environmental resources and environmental damage -
Concept of Total Economic Value - Alternative approaches to valuation – Cost-benefit analysis and
discounting.
UNIT V
Economics of biodiversity: Economics of biodiversity conservation - Valuing individual species and
diversity of species -Policy responses at national and international levels. Economics of Climate
Change – stern Report

Textbooks:
1. An Introduction to Environmental Economics by N. Hanley, J. Shogren and B. White Oxford
University Press.(2001)
2. Blueprint for a Green Economy by D.W. Pearce, A. Markandya and E.B. Barbier Earthscan,
London.(1989)
Reference Books:
1. Environmental Economics: An Elementary Introduction by R.K. Turner, D.W. Pearce and I.
Bateman Harvester Wheatsheaft, London. (1994),
2. Economics of Natural Resources and the Environment by D.W. Pearce and R.K. Turner
Harvester Wheat sheaf, London. (1990),
3. Environmental and Resource Economics: An Introduction by Michael S. Common and
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Michael Stuart 2ndEdition, Harlow: Longman.(1996),


4. Natural Resource and Environmental Economics by Roger Perman, Michael Common, Yue
Ma and James Mc Gilvray 3rdEdition, Pearson Education.(2003),
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109107171
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A02605) SMART ELECTRIC GRID
(Open Elective Course-II)
Course Objectives:
 Understand recent trends in grids, smart grid architecture and technologies
 Analyze smart substations
 Apply the concepts to design smart transmission systems
 Apply the concepts to design smart distribution systems
Course Outcomes:
 Understand trends in Smart grids, needs and roles of Smart substations
 Design and Analyze Smart Transmission systems
 Design and Analyze Smart Distribution systems
 Analyze SCADA and DSCADA systems in practical working environment

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO SMART GRID


Working definitions of Smart Grid and Associated Concepts – Smart Grid Functions – Traditional
Power Grid and Smart Grid – New Technologies for Smart Grid – Advantages – Indian Smart Grid –
Key Challenges for Smart Grid

UNIT II SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES


Characteristics of Smart grid, Micro grids, Definitions, Drives, benefits, types of Micro grid, building
blocks, Renewable energy resources, needs in smart grid, integration impact, integration standards,
Load frequency control, reactive power control, case studies and test beds

UNIT III SMART SUBSTATIONS


Protection, Monitoring and control devices, sensors, SCADA, Master stations, Remote terminal unit,
interoperability and IEC 61850, Process level, Bay level, Station level, Benefits, role of substations
in smart grid, Volt/VAR control equipment inside substation

UNIT IV SMART TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS


Energy Management systems, History, current technology, EMS for the smart grid, Synchro Phasor
Measurement Units (PMUs), Wide Area Monitoring Systems (WAMS), protection & Control
(WAMPC), needs in smart grid, Role of WAMPC smart grid, Drivers and benefits, Role of
transmission systems in smart grid

UNIT V SMART DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS


DMS, DSCADA, trends in DSCADA and control, current and advanced DMSs, Voltage fluctuations,
effect of voltage on customer load, Drivers, objectives and benefits, voltage-VAR control, VAR
control equipment on distribution feeders, implementation and optimization, FDIR - Fault Detection
Isolation and Service restoration (FDIR),faults, objectives and benefits, equipment, implementation

Textbooks:
1. Stuart Borlase, Smart Grids - Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions, CRC Press, 1e, 2013
2. Gil Masters, Renewable and Efficient Electric Power System, Wiley–IEEE Press, 2e, 2013.
Reference Books:
1. A.G. Phadke and J.S. Thorp, Synchronized Phasor Measurements and their Applications,
Springer Edition, 2e, 2017.
2. T. Ackermann, Wind Power in Power Systems, Hoboken, NJ, USA, John Wiley, 2e, 2012.
Online Learning Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ee82/preview
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A03605c) INTRODCUTION TO ROBOTICS
(Open Elective-II)
Course Objectives:
 Learn the fundamental concepts of industrial robotic technology.
 Apply the basic mathematics to calculate kinematic and dynamic forces in robot manipulator.
 Understand the robot controlling and programming methods.
 Describe concept of robot vision system
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
 Explain fundamentals of Robots
 Apply kinematics and differential motions and velocities
 Demonstrate control of manipulators
 Understand robot vision
 Develop robot cell design and programming

UNIT I Fundamentals of Robots


Introduction, definition, classification and history of robotics, robot characteristics and precision of
motion, advantages, disadvantages and applications of robots. Introduction to matrix representation of
a point in a space a vector in space, a frame in space, Homogeneous transformation matrices,
representation of a pure translation, pure rotation about an axis.

UNIT II Kinematics, Differential motions and velocities of robot


Kinematics of robot: Forward and inverse kinematics of robots- forward and inverse kinematic
equations for position and orientation, Denavit-Hartenberg(D-H) representation of forward kinematic
equations of robots, the inverse kinematic of robots, degeneracy and dexterity, simple problems with
D-H representation.
Differential motions and Velocities: Introduction, differential relationship, Jacobian, differential
motions of a frame-translations, rotation, rotating about a general axis, differential transformations of
a frame. Differential changes between frames, differential motions of a robot and its hand frame,
calculation of Jacobian, relation between Jacobian and the differential operator, Inverse Jacobian.

UNIT III Control of Manipulators


Open- and close-loop control, the manipulator control problem, linear control schemes, characteristics
of second-order linear systems, linear second-order SISO model of a manipulator joint, joint
actuators, partitioned PD control scheme, PID control Scheme, computer Torque control, force
control of robotic manipulators, description of force-control tasks, force control strategies, hybrid
position/force control, impedance force/torque control.

UNIT IV Robot Vision


Introduction, architecture of robotic vision system, image processing, image acquisition camera,
image enhancement, image segmentation, imaging transformation, Camera transformation and
calibrations, industrial applications of robot vision.

UNIT V Robot Cell Design and Programming


Robot cell layouts-Robot centred cell, In-line robot cell, considerations in work cell design, work cell
control, interlocks, error detection, work cell controller. methods of robot programming, WAIT,
SIGNAL, and DELAY commands, Robotic languages, VAL system.

Textbooks:
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

1. Mikell P. Groover and Mitchell Weiss, Roger N. Nagel,Nicholas G.Odrey , Industrial


Robotics –– Mc Graw Hill, 1986.
2. R K Mittal and I J Nagrath, Robotics and control, Illustrated Edition, Tata McGraw Hill India
2003.
References:
1. Saeed B. Niku, Introduction to Robotics – Analysis, System, Applications, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, 2010.
2. H. Asada and J.J.E. Slotine, Robot Analysis and Control, 1st Edition Wiley- Interscience,
1986.
3. Robert J. Schillin, Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and control, Prentice-Hall Of India
Pvt. Limited, 1996.
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105088
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105063
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105062
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104288
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A04605) SIGNAL PROCESSING
(Open Elective Course –II)
Course objectives:
 Understand, represent and classify continuous time and discrete time signals and systems,
together with the representation of LTI systems.
 Ability to represent continuous time signals (both periodic and non-periodic) in the time
domain, sdomain and the frequency domain
 Understand the properties of analog filters, and have the ability to design Butterworth filters
 Understand and apply sampling theorem and convert a signal from continuous time to discrete
time or from discrete time to continuous time (without loss of information)
 Able to represent the discrete time signal in the frequency domain
 Able to design FIR and IIR filters to meet given specifications
Course Outcomes:
 Understand and explain continuous time and discrete time signals and systems, in time and
frequency domain
 Apply the concepts of signals and systems to obtain the desired parameter/ representation
 Analyse the given system and classify the system/arrive at a suitable conclusion
 Design analog/digital filters to meet given specifications
 Design and implement the analog filter using components/ suitable simulation tools
 Design and implement the digital filter using suitable simulation tools, and record the input
and output of the filter for the given audio signal
UNIT I
Signal Definition, Signal Classification, System definition, System classification, for both continuous
time and discrete time. Definition of LTI systems

UNIT II
Introduction to Fourier Transform, Fourier Series, Relating the Laplace Transform to Fourier
Transform, Frequency response of continuous time systems

UNIT III
Frequency response of ideal analog filters, Salient features of Butterworth filters Design and
implementation of Analog Butterworth filters to meet given specifications

UNIT IV
Sampling Theorem- Statement and proof, converting the analog signal to a digital signal. Practical
sampling. The Discrete Fourier Transform, Properties of DFT. Comparing the frequency response of
analog and digital systems.

UNIT V
Definition of FIR and IIR filters. Frequency response of ideal digital filters
Transforming the Analog Butterworth filter to the Digital IIR Filter using suitable mapping
techniques, to meet given specifications. Design of FIR Filters using the Window technique, and the
frequency sampling technique to meet given specifications Comparing the designed filter with the
desired filter frequency response

Textbooks:
1. ‘Signals and Systems’, by Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, Wiley.
References:
1. 'Theory and Application of Digital Signal Processing', Rabiner and Gold
2. ‘Signals and Systems’, Schaum’s Outline series
3. ‘Digital Signal Processing’, Schaum’s Outline series
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A04606) BASIC VLSI DESIGN
Course Objectives:
 Understand the fundamental aspects of circuits in silicon
 Relate to VLSI design processes and design rules
Course Outcomes:
 Identify the CMOS layout levels, and the design layers used in the process sequence.
 Describe the general steps required for processing of CMOS integrated circuits.
 Design static CMOS combinational and sequential logic at the transistor level.
 Demonstrate different logic styles such as complementary CMOS logic, pass-transistor Logic,
dynamic logic, etc.
 Interpret the need for testability and testing methods in VLSI.

UNIT I
Moore’s law, speed power performance, nMOS fabrication, CMOS fabrication: n-well, pwell
processes, BiCMOS, Comparison of bipolar and CMOS. Basic Electrical Properties of MOS And
BiCMOS Circuits: Drain to source current versus voltage characteristics, threshold voltage,
transconductance.
UNIT II
Basic Electrical Properties of MOS And BiCMOS Circuits: nMOS inverter, Determination of pull up
to pull down ratio: nMOS inverter driven through one or more pass transistors, alternative forms of
pull up, CMOS inverter, BiCMOS inverters, latch up. Basic Circuit Concepts: Sheet resistance, area
capacitance calculation, Delay unit, inverter delay, estimation of CMOS inverter delay, super buffers,
BiCMOS drivers.
UNIT III
MOS and BiCMOS Circuit Design Processes: MOS layers, stick diagrams, nMOS design style,
CMOS design style Design rules and layout & Scaling of MOS Circuits: λ - based design rules,
scaling factors for device parameters
UNIT IV
Subsystem Design and Layout-1: Switch logic pass transistor, Gate logic inverter, NAND gates, NOR
gates, pseudo nMOS, Dynamic CMOS Examples of structured design: Parity generator, Bus
arbitration, multiplexers, logic function block, code converter.
UNIT V
Subsystem Design and Layout-2: Clocked sequential circuits, dynamic shift registers, bus lines,
General considerations, 4-bit arithmetic processes, 4-bit shifter, RegularityDefinition & Computation
Practical aspects and testability: Some thoughts of performance, optimization and CAD tools for
design and simulation.

Textbooks:
1. “Basic VLSI Design”, Douglas A Pucknell, Kamran Eshraghian, 3 rd Edition, Prentice Hall
of India publication, 2005.
References:
1. “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits, Analysis And Design”, Sung – Mo (Steve) Kang, Yusuf
Leblebici, Tata McGraw Hill, 3 rd Edition, 2003.
2. “VLSI Technology”, S.M. Sze, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A27605) FOOD REFRIGERATION AND COLD CHAIN MANAGEMENT
OPEN ELECTIVE II
Course Objectives:
 To know the equipment available to store perishable items for a long time
 To understand to increase the storage life of food items

Course Outcomes
By the end of the course, the students will
 Understand various principles and theories involved in refrigeration systems
 Understand the different equipment useful to store the food items for a long period.
 Understand how to increase the storage life of food items

UNIT I
Principles of refrigeration: Definition, background with second law of thermodynamics, unit of
refrigerating capacity, coefficient of performance; Production of low temperatures: Expansion of a
liquid with flashing, reversible/ irreversible adiabatic expansion of a gas/ real gas, thermoelectric
cooling, adiabatic demagnetization; Air refrigerators working on reverse Carnot cycle: Carnot cycle,
reversed Carnot cycle, selection of operating temperatures;

UNIT II
Air refrigerators working on Bell Coleman cycle: Reversed Brayton or Joule or Bell Coleman cycle,
analysis of gas cycle, polytropic and multistage compression; Vapour refrigeration: Vapor as a
refrigerant in reversed Carnot cycle with p-V and T-s diagrams, limitations of reversed Carnot cycle;
Vapour compression system: Modifications in reverse Carnot cycle with vapour as a refrigerant (dry
vs wet compression, throttling vs isentropic expansion), representation of vapor compression cycle on
pressure- enthalpy diagram, super heating, sub cooling;

UNIT III
Liquid-vapour regenerative heat exchanger for vapour compression system, effect of suction vapour
super heat and liquid sub cooling, actual vapour compression cycle; Vapour-absorption refrigeration
system: Process, calculations, maximum coefficient of performance of a heat operated refrigerating
machine, Common refrigerants and their properties: classification, nomenclature, desirable properties
of refrigerants- physical, chemical, safety, thermodynamic and economical; Azeotropes; Components
of vapour compression refrigeration system, evaporator, compressor, condenser and expansion valve;

UNIT IV
Ice manufacture, principles and systems of ice production, Treatment of water for making ice, brines,
freezing tanks, ice cans, air agitation, quality of ice; Cold storage: Cold store, design of cold storage
for different categories of food resources, size and shape, construction and material, insulation, vapour
barriers, floors, frost-heave, interior finish and fitting, evaporators, automated cold stores, security of
operations; Refrigerated transport: Handling and distribution, cold chain, refrigerated product
handling, order picking, refrigerated vans, refrigerated display;

UNIT V
Air-conditioning: Meaning, factors affecting comfort air-conditioning, classification, sensible heat
factor, industrial air-conditioning, problems on sensible heat factor; Winter/summer/year round air-
conditioning, unitary air-conditioning systems, central air-conditioning, physiological principles in
air-conditioning, air distribution and duct design methods; design of complete air-conditioning
systems; humidifiers and dehumidifiers; Cooling load calculations: Load sources, product cooling,
conducted heat, convicted heat, internal heat sources, heat of respiration, peak load; etc.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Textbooks:
1. Arora, C. P. “Refrigeration and Air Conditioning”. Tata MC Graw Hill Publishing Co.Ltd.,
New Delhi. 1993.
References:
1. Adithan, M. and Laroiya, S. C. “Practical Refrigeration and Air Conditioning”. Wiley Estern
Ltd., New Delhi 1991
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A54701) WAVELET TRANSFORMS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
(Open Elective-II)
Course Objectives:
This course provides the students to understand Wavelet transforms and its applications.

Course Outcomes:
 Understand wavelets and wavelet expansion systems.
 Illustrate the multi resolution analysis ad scaling functions.
 Form fine scale to coarse scale analysis.
 Find the lattices and lifting.
 Perform numerical complexity of discrete wavelet transforms.
 Find the frames and tight frames using fourier series.
UNIT I Wavelets
Wavelets and Wavelet Expansion Systems - Wavelet Expansion- Wavelet Transform- Wavelet
System- More Specific Characteristics of Wavelet Systems -Haar Scaling Functions and Wavelets -
effectiveness of Wavelet Analysis -The Discrete Wavelet Transform the Discrete-Time and
Continuous Wavelet Transforms.

UNIT II A Multiresolution Formulation of Wavelet Systems


Signal Spaces -The Scaling Function -Multiresolution Analysis - The Wavelet Functions - The
Discrete Wavelet Transform- A Parseval's Theorem - Display of the Discrete Wavelet Transform and
the Wavelet Expansion.

UNIT III Filter Banks and the Discrete Wavelet Transform


Analysis - From Fine Scale to Coarse Scale- Filtering and Down-Sampling or Decimating -Synthesis
- From Coarse Scale to Fine Scale -Filtering and Up-Sampling or Stretching - Input Coefficients -
Lattices and Lifting - -Different Points of View.

UNIT IV Time-Frequency and Complexity


Multiresolution versus Time-Frequency Analysis- Periodic versus Nonperiodic Discrete Wavelet
Transforms -The Discrete Wavelet Transform versus the Discrete-Time Wavelet Transform-
Numerical Complexity of the Discrete Wavelet Transform.

UNIT V Bases and Matrix Examples


Bases, Orthogonal Bases, and Biorthogonal Bases -Matrix Examples - Fourier Series Example - Sine
Expansion Example - Frames and Tight Frames - Matrix Examples -Sine Expansion as a Tight
Frame Example.

Textbooks:
1. C. Sidney Burrus, Ramesh A. Gopinath, “Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelets
Transforms”,Prentice Hall, (1997).
2. James S. Walker, “A Primer on Wavelets and their Scientific Applications”, CRC Press,
(1999).
Reference Books:
1. Raghuveer Rao, “Wavelet Transforms”, Pearson Education, Asia.

Online Learning Resources:


https://www.slideshare.net/RajEndiran1/introduction-to-wavelet-transform-51504915
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A56701) PHYSICS OF ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND DEVICES
(Open Elective-II)
Course Objectives:
 To impart the fundamental knowledge on various materials, their properties and applications.
 To provide insight into various semiconducting materials, and their properties.
 To enlighten the characteristic behavior of various semiconductor devices.
 To provide the basics of dielectric and piezoelectric materials and their properties.
 To explain different categories of magnetic materials, mechanism and their advanced
applications.
Course Outcome: At the end of the course the student will be able
 To understand the fundamentals of various materials.
 To exploit the physics of semiconducting materials
 To familiarize with the working principles of semiconductor-based devices.
 To understand the behaviour of dielectric and piezoelectric materials.
 To identify the magnetic materials and their advanced applications.
UNIT I Fundamentals of Materials Science
Introduction, Phase rule, Phase Diagram, Elementary idea of Nucleation and Growth, Methods of
crystal growth. Basic idea of point, line and planar defects. Concept of thin films, preparation of thin
films, Deposition of thin film using sputtering methods (RT and glow discharge).
UNIT II Semiconductors
Introduction, charge carriers in semiconductors, effective mass, Diffusion and drift, Diffusion and
recombination, Diffusion length. The Fermi level & Fermi-Dirac distribution, Electron and Hole in
quantum well, Change of electron-hole concentration- Qualitative analysis, Temperature dependency
of carrier concentration, Conductivity and mobility, Effects of temperature and doping on mobility,
High field effects.
UNIT III Physics of Semiconductor devices
Introduction, Band structure, PN junctions and their typical characteristics under equilibrium and
under bias, Construction and working principles of: Light emitting diodes, Heterojunctions,
Transistors, FET and MOSFETs.
UNIT IV Dielectric Materials and their applications:
Introduction, Dielectric properties, Electronic polarizability and susceptibility, Dielectric constant and
frequency dependence of polarization, Dielectric strength and dielectric loss, Piezoelectric properties.
UNIT V Magnetic Materials and their applications
Introduction, Magnetism & various contributions to para and dia magnetism, Ferro and Ferri
magnetism and ferrites, Concepts of Spin waves and Magnons, Anti-ferromagnetism, Domains and
domain walls, Coercive force, Hysteresis, Nano-magnetism, Super-paramagnetism – Properties and
applications.
Textbooks
1. Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices- S.O. Kasap, McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.,
3rd edition, 2007.
2. Electronic Components and Materials- Grover and Jamwal, Dhanpat Rai and Co.
Reference Books:
1. Solid State Electronic Devices -B.G. Streetman and S. Banerjee, PHI Learning, 6th edition
2. Electronic Materials Science- Eugene A. Irene, , Wiley, 2005
3. An Introduction to Electronic Materials for Engineers-Wei Gao, Zhengwei Li, Nigel Sammes, World
Scientific Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., , 2nd Edition,2011
4. A First Course In Material Science- by Raghvan, McGraw Hill Pub.
5. The Science and Engineering of materials- Donald R.Askeland, Chapman& Hall Pub.
NPTEL courses links
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113/106/113106062/
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_mm02/preview, https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc17/SEM1/noc17-
mm07
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A51702) CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS
(OPEN ELECTIVE-III)
Course Objectives:
 To understand synthetic principles of Nanomaterials by various methods
 To characterize the synthetic nanomaterials by various instrumental methods
 To enumerate the applications of nanomaterials in engineering

Course Outcomes:
 Understand the state of art synthesis of nano materials
 Characterize nano materials using ion beam, scanning probe methodologies, position sensitive
atom probe and spectroscopic ellipsometry.
 Analyze nanoscale structure in metals, polymers and ceramics
 Analyze structure-property relationship in coarser scale structures
 Understand structures of carbon nano tubes

UNIT I
Introduction: Scope of nanoscience and nanotecnology, nanoscience in nature, classification of
nanostructured materials, importance of nano materials.
Synthetic Methods: Bottom-Up approach: Sol-gel synthesis, microemulsions or reverse micelles, co-
precipitation method, solvothermal synthesis, hydrothermal synthesis, microwave heating synthesis
and sonochemical synthesis.
UNIT II
Top-Down approach: Inert gas condensation, arc discharge method, aerosol synthesis, plasma arc
technique, ion sputtering, laser ablation, laser pyrolysis, and chemical vapour deposition method,
electrodeposition method, high energy ball milling.
UNIT III
Techniques for characterization: Diffraction technique, spectroscopy techniques, electron microscopy
techniques for the characterization of nanomaterials, BET method for surface area analysis, dynamic
light scattering for particle size determination.
UNIT IV
Studies of Nano-structured Materials: Synthesis, properties and applications of the following
nanomaterials, fullerenes, carbon nanotubes, core-shell nanoparticles, nanoshells, self- assembled
monolayers, and monolayer protected metal nanoparticles, nanocrystalline materials, magnetic
nanoparticles and important properties in relation to nanomagnetic materials, thermoelectric materials,
non-linear optical materials, liquid crystals.
UNIT V
Engineering Applications of Nanomaterials

Textbooks:
1. NANO: The Essentials: T Pradeep, MaGraw-Hill, 2007.
2. Textbook of Nanoscience and nanotechnology: B S Murty, P Shankar, BaldevRai, BB Rath
and James Murday, Univ. Press, 2012.

References:
1. Concepts of Nanochemistry; Ludovico Cademrtiri and Geoffrey A. Ozin& Geoffrey A. Ozin,
Wiley-VCH, 2011.
2. Nanostructures & Nanomaterials; Synthesis, Properties & Applications: Guozhong Cao,
Imperial College Press, 2007.
3. Nanomaterials Chemistry, C. N. R. Rao, Achim Muller, K.Cheetham, Wiley-VCH, 2007.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(20A01704) COST EFFECTIVE HOUSING TECHNIQUES


(Open Elective Course - III)

Course Objectives:
• To understand the requirements of structural safety for future construction.
• To know about the housing scenario, housing financial systems land use and physical
• planning for housing and housing the urban poor
• To know the traditional practices of rural housing
• To know the different innovative cost-effective construction techniques
• To know the alternative building materials for low-cost housing.
Course Outcomes:
• To know the repair and restore action of earthquake damaged non engineered buildings and
ability to understand the requirements of structural safety for future construction
• To know about the housing scenario, housing financial systems land use and physical
planning for housing and housing the urban poor
• Apply the traditional practices of rural housing
• Understand the different innovative cost-effective construction techniques
• Suggest the alternative building materials for low-cost housing

UNIT I
a) Housing Scenario :Introducing - Status of urban housing - Status of Rural Housing
b) Housing Finance: Introducing - Existing finance system in India - Government role as
facilitator - Status at Rural Housing Finance - Impedimently in housing finance and related
issues
c) Land use and physical planning for housing :Introduction - Planning of urban land -
Urban land ceiling and regulation act - Efficiency of building bye lass - Residential
Densities
d) Housing the urban poor :Introduction - Living conditions in slums - Approaches and
strategies for housing urban poor
UNIT II
Development and adoption of low cost housing technology
Introduction - Adoption of innovative cost effective construction techniques - Adoption of precast
elements in partial prefatroices - Adopting of total prefactcation of mass housing in India- General
remarks on pre cast rooting/flooring systems -Economical wall system - Single Brick thick loading
bearing wall - 19cm thick load bearing masonry walls - Half brick thick load bearing wall – Fly-ash
gypsum thick for masonry - Stone Block masonry - Adoption of precast R.C. plank and join system
for roof/floor in the building

UNIT III
Alternative building materials for low cost housing
Introduction - Substitute for scarce materials – Ferro-cement - Gypsum boards - Timber substitutions
- Industrial wastes - Agricultural wastes - alternative building maintenance
Low cost Infrastructure services:
Introduce - Present status - Technological options - Low cost sanitation - Domestic wall - Water
supply, energy

UNIT IV
Rural Housing: Introduction traditional practice of rural housing continuous - Mud Housing
technology Mud roofs - Characteristics of mud - Fire treatment for thatch roof - Soil stabilization -
Rural Housing programs
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

UNIT V
Housing in Disaster prone areas:
Introduction – Earthquake - Damages to houses - Traditional prone areas - Type of Damages and
Railways of non-engineered buildings - Repair and restore action of earthquake Damaged non-
engineered buildings recommendations for future constructions. Requirement’s of structural safety of
thin precast roofing units against Earthquake forces Status of R& D in earthquake strengthening
measures - Floods, cyclone, future safety
Textbooks:
1. Building materials for low – income houses – International council for building research
studies and documentation.
2. Hand book of low cost housing by A.K.Lal – Newage international publishers.
3. Low cost Housing – G.C. Mathur by South Asia Books
Reference Books:
1. Properties of concrete – Neville A.m. Pitman Publishing Limited, London.
2. Light weight concrete, Academic Kiado, Rudhai.G – Publishing home of Hungarian
Academy of Sciences 1963.
3. Modern trends in housing in developing countries – A.G. Madhava Rao, D.S. Rama chandra
Murthy &G.Annamalai. E. & F. N. Spon Publishers
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/124107001
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A02704) IoT APPLICATIONS IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
(Open Elective Course – III)

Course Objectives:
 Understand basics of Internet of Things and Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS)
fundamentals in design and fabrication process
 Analyze motion less and motion detectors in IoT applications
 Understand about Analyze applications of IoT in smart grid
 Apply the concept of Internet of Energy for various applications
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the concept of IoT in Electrical Engineering
 Analyze various types of motionless sensors and various types of motion detectors
 Apply various applications of IoT in smart grid
 Design future working environment with Energy internet

UNIT I SENSORS
Definitions, Terminology, Classification, Temperature sensors, Thermoresistive, Resistance,
temperature detectors, Silicon resistive thermistors, Semiconductor, Piezoelectric, Humidity and
moisture sensors. Capacitive, Electrical conductivity, Thermal conductivity, time domain
reflectometer, Pressure and Force sensors: Piezoresistive, Capacitive, force, strain and tactile sensors,
Strain gauge, Piezoelectric
UNIT II OCCUPANCY AND MOTION DETECTORS
Capacitive occupancy, Inductive and magnetic, potentiometric - Position, displacement and level
sensors, Potentiometric, Capacitive, Inductive, magnetic velocity and acceleration sensors,
Capacitive, Piezoresistive, piezoelectric cables, Flow sensors, Electromagnetic, Acoustic sensors -
Resistive microphones, Piezoelectric, Photo resistors
UNIT III MEMS
Basic concepts of MEMS design, Beam/diaphragm mechanics, electrostatic actuation and
fabrication, Process design of MEMS based sensors and actuators, Touch sensor, Pressure sensor, RF
MEMS switches, Electric and Magnetic field sensors
UNIT IV IoT FOR SMART GRID
Driving factors, Generation level, Transmission level, Distribution level, Applications, Metering and
monitoring applications, Standardization and interoperability, Smart home
UNIT V INTERNET of ENERGY (IoE)
Concept of Internet of Energy, Evaluation of IoE concept, Vision and motivation of IoE,
Architecture, Energy routines, information sensing and processing issues, Energy internet as smart
grid
Textbooks:
1. Jon S. Wilson, Sensor Technology Hand book, Newnes Publisher, 2004
2. Tai Ran Hsu, MEMS and Microsystems: Design and manufacture, 1 st Edition, Mc Grawhill
Education, 2017
3. Ersan Kabalci and Yasin Kabalci, From Smart grid to Internet of Energy, 1 st Edition,
Academic Press, 2019
Reference Books:
1. Raj Kumar Buyya and Amir Vahid Dastjerdi, Internet of Things: Principles and Paradigms,
Kindle Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publisher, 2016
2. Yen Kheng Tan and Mark Wong, Energy Harvesting Systems for IoT Applications:
Generation, Storage and Power Management, 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2019
3. RMD Sundaram Shriram, K. Vasudevan and Abhishek S. Nagarajan, Internet of Things,
Wiley, 2019
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Online Learning Resources:


1.https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs96/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108123
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108179
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A03704) PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
(Open Elective-III)

Course Objectives:
 To Design products creatively while applying engineering design principles.
 To Apply principles of human factors, ethics and environmental factorsin product design.
 To Work in groups or individually in their pursuit of innovative product design.
 To implement value design for optimum product cost.
Course Outcomes:After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
 Apply knowledge of basic science and engineering fundamentals
 Undertake problem identification, formulation and solution
 Understanding of the principles of sustainable design and development
 Understanding of professional and ethical responsibilities and commitment to them

UNIT I Product Development Process


General problem-solving process - Flow of Work during the process of designing - Activity Planning
Timing and scheduling, Planning Project and Product Costs - Effective Organization Structures -
Interdisciplinary Cooperation, Leadership and Team behaviour.

UNIT II Task Clarification


Importance of Task Clarification - Setting up a requirements list - Contents, Format, Identifying the
requirements, refining and extending the requirements, Compiling the requirements list, Examples.
Using requirements lists - Updating, Partial requirements lists, Further uses - Practical applications of
requirements lists.

UNIT III Conceptual Design


Steps in Conceptual Design. Abstracting to identify the essential problems - Aim of Abstraction,
Broadening the problem. Formulation, Identifying the essential problems from the requirements list,
establishing functions structures, Overall function, Breaking a function down into sub-functions.
Developing working structures - Searching for working principles, Combining Working Principles,
Selecting Working Structures, Practical Application of working structures. Developing Concepts -
Firming up into principle solution variants, Evaluating principle solution variants, Practical
Applications of working structures. Examples of Conceptual Design - One Handed Household Water
Mixing Tap, Impulse - Loading Test Rig.

UNIT IV Embodiment Design


Steps of Embodiment Design, Checklist for Embodiment Design Basic rules of Embodiment Design
Principles of Embodiment Design - Principles of Force Transformations, Principles of Division of
Tasks, Principles of Self-Help, Principles of Stability and Bi-Stability, Principles of Fault-Free Design
Guide for Embodiment Design - General Considerations, Design to allow for expansion, Design to
allow for creep and relaxation, Design against Corrosion, Design to minimize wear, Design to
Ergonomics, Design for Aesthetics, Design for Production, Design for Assembly, Design for
Maintenance, Design for Recycling, Design for Minimum risk, Design to standards. Evaluation of
Embodiment Designs.

UNIT V Mechanical Connections, Mechatronics And Adaptronics:


Mechanical Connections - General functions and General Behaviour, Material connections, From
Connections, Force connections, Applications. Mechatronics - General Architecture and Terminology,
Goals and Limitations, Development of Mechatronic Solution, Examples. Adaptronics -
Fundamentals and Terminology, Goals and Limitations, Development of Adaptronics Solutions,
Examples.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Textbooks:
1. G.Paul; W. Beitzetal, Engineering Design, Springer International Education, 2010.
2. Kevin Otto: K. Wood, Product Design And Development, Pearson Education, 2013.
References:
1. Kenith B. Kahu, Product Planning Essentials, Yes dee Publishing, 2011.
2. K.T. Ulrich, Product Design and Development, TMH Publishers, 2011.
Online Learning Resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107217
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104230
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mvaqZAFdL6U
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/107103082
 https://quizxp.com/nptel-product-design-and-manufacturing-assignment-5/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A04705) ELECTRONIC SENSORS
(Open Elective Course –III)
Course Objectives:
 Learn the characterization of sensors.
 Known the working of Electromechanical, Thermal, Magnetic and radiation sensors
 Understand the concepts of Electro analytic and smart sensors
 Able to use sensors in different applications
Course Outcomes:
 Learn about sensor Principle, Classification and Characterization.
 Explore the working of Electromechanical, Thermal, Magnetic, radiation and Electro analytic
sensors
 Understand the basic concepts of Smart Sensors
 Design a system with sensors
UNIT I
Sensors / Transducers: Principles, Classification, Parameters, Characteristics, Environmental
Parameters (EP), Characterization
Electromechanical Sensors: Introduction, Resistive Potentiometer, Strain Gauge, Resistance Strain
Gauge, Semiconductor Strain Gauges -Inductive Sensors: Sensitivity and Linearity of the Sensor –
Types-Capacitive Sensors: Electrostatic Transducer, Force/Stress Sensors Using Quartz Resonators,
Ultrasonic Sensors
UNIT II
Thermal Sensors: Introduction, Gas thermometric Sensors, Thermal Expansion Type Thermometric
Sensors, Acoustic Temperature Sensor ,Dielectric Constant and Refractive Index thermo sensors,
Helium Low Temperature Thermometer ,Nuclear Thermometer ,Magnetic Thermometer ,Resistance
Change Type Thermometric Sensors, Thermo emf Sensors, Junction Semiconductor Types, Thermal
Radiation Sensors, Quartz Crystal Thermoelectric Sensors, NQR Thermometry, Spectroscopic
Thermometry, Noise Thermometry, Heat Flux Sensors
UNIT III
Magnetic sensors: Introduction, Sensors and the Principles Behind, Magneto-resistive Sensors,
Anisotropic Magneto resistive Sensing, Semiconductor Magneto resistors, Hall Effect and Sensors,
Inductance and Eddy Current Sensors, Angular/Rotary Movement Transducers, Synchros.
UNIT IV
Radiation Sensors: Introduction, Basic Characteristics, Types of Photo resistors/ Photo detectors,
Xray and Nuclear Radiation Sensors, Fibre Optic Sensors
Electro analytical Sensors: The Electrochemical Cell, The Cell Potential - Standard Hydrogen
Electrode (SHE), Liquid Junction and Other Potentials, Polarization, Concentration Polarization,
Reference Electrodes, Sensor Electrodes, Electro ceramics in Gas Media.
UNIT V
Smart Sensors: Introduction, Primary Sensors, Excitation, Amplification, Filters, Converters,
Compensation, Information Coding/Processing - Data Communication, Standards for Smart Sensor
Interface, the Automation Sensors –Applications: Introduction, On-board Automobile Sensors
(Automotive Sensors), Home Appliance Sensors, Aerospace Sensors, Sensors for Manufacturing –
Sensors for environmental Monitoring
Textbooks:
1. “Sensors and Transducers - D. Patranabis” –PHI Learning Private Limited., 2003.
2. Introduction to sensors- John veteline, aravindraghu, CRC press, 2011
References:
1. Sensors and Actuators, D. Patranabis, 2nd Ed., PHI, 2013.
2. Make sensors: Terokarvinen, kemo, karvinen and villeyvaltokari, 1st edition, maker
media,2014.
3. Sensors handbook- Sabriesoloman, 2nd Ed. TMH, 2009
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A04506) PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Course Objectives:
 To understand the concept of various modulation schemes and multiplexing.
 To apply the concept of various modulation schemes to solve engineering problems.
 To analyse various modulation schemes.
 To evaluate various modulation scheme in real time applications.
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the concept of various modulation schemes and multiplexing
 Apply the concept of various modulation schemes to solve engineering problems
 Analyse various modulation schemes, and evaluate various modulation scheme in real
time applications

UNIT I Amplitude Modulation


Introduction to Noise and Fourier Transform. An overview of Electronic Communication Systems.
Need for Frequency Translation, Amplitude Modulation: DSB-FC, DSB-SC, SSB-SC and VSB.
Frequency Division Multiplexing. Radio Transmitter and Receiver.

UNIT II Angle Modulation


Angle Modulation, Tone modulated FM Signal, Arbitrary Modulated FM Signal, FM Modulation and
Demodulation. Stereophonic FM Broadcasting.

UNIT III Pulse Modulation


Sampling Theorem: Low pass and Band pass Signals. Pulse Amplitude Modulation and Concept of
Time Division Multiplexing. Pulse Width Modulation. Digital Representation of Analog Signals.

UNIT IV Digital Modulation


Binary Amplitude Shift Keying, Binary Phase Shift Keying and Quadrature Phase Shift Keying,
Binary Frequency Shift Keying. Regenerative Repeater.

UNIT VCommunication Systems


Satellite, RADAR, Optical, Mobile and Computer Communication (Block diagram approach only).

Note: The main emphasis is on qualitative treatment. Complex mathematical treatment may be
avoided.

Textbooks:
1. Herbert Taub, Donald L Schilling and Goutam Saha, “Principles of Communication
Systems”, 3rdEdition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2008.

References:
1. B. P. Lathi, Zhi Ding and Hari M. Gupta, “Modern Digital and Analog Communication
Systems”, 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2017.
2. K. Sam Shanmugam “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, Wiley India Edition,
2008.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A27704) HUMAN NUTRITION
(OPEN ELECTIVE-III)
Course Objectives:
 To get knowledge on Concepts and content of nutrition source and metabolic functions.
 To know about Balanced diets for various groups; Diets and disorders, recommended dietary
allowances
 To learn about Epidemiology of under nutrition and over nutrition.
 To understand Nutrition and immunity.

Course Outcomes:
 To study the Salient features of Concepts and content of nutrition, Malnutrition, Nutrition
education
 Assessment of nutritional status, disorders Food fad and faddism.

UNIT I
Concepts and content of nutrition: Nutrition agencies; Nutrition of community; Nutritional policies
and their implementation; Metabolic function of nutrients. Nutrients: Sources, functions, digestion,
absorption, assimilation and transport of carbohydrates, proteins and fats in human beings;

UNIT II
Water and energy balance: Water intake and losses; Basal metabolism- BMR; Body surface area and
factors affecting BMR Formulation of diets: Classification of balanced diet; Balanced diets for
various groups; Diets and disorders. Recommended dietary allowances (RDA); For various age group;
According physiological status; Athletic and sports man; Geriatric persons

UNIT III
Malnutrition: Type of Malnutrition; Multi-factorial causes; Epidemiology of under nutrition and over
nutrition; Nutrition and immunity.

UNIT IV
Nutrition education Assessment of nutritional status: Diet surveys; Anthropometry; Clinical
examination; Biochemical assessment; Additional medical information

UNIT V
Blood constituents; Hormone types; Miscellaneous disorders Food fad and faddism. Potentially toxic
substances in human food.

Textbooks:
1. Swaminathan M, Advanced Text Book on Food & Nutrition (Volume I and II) , The
Bangalore Printing and Publishing Co.Ltd, Bangalore. 2006
2. Stewart Truswell, ABC of Nutrition (4th edition) , BMJ Publishing Group 2003, ISBN
0727916645.
3. Martin Eastwood, Principles of Human Nutrition , Blackwell Publishing, Boca Rotan

Reference:
1. Mike Lean and E. Combet ,Barasi’s Human Nutrition – A Health Perspective , Second
Edition CRC Press, London
2. Introduction to Human Nutrition, Micheal J. G., Susan A.L. Aedin C. and Hester H.V, Wiley-
Blackwell Publication, UK 2009 , ISBN 9781405168076
3. Bogert L.J., Goerge M.B, Doris H.C., Nutrition and Physical Fitness, W.B. Saunders
Company, Toronto, Canada
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A54702) NUMERICAL METHODS FOR ENGINEERS
(OPEN ELECTIVE-III)

Course Objectives:
This course aims at providing the student with the knowledge on various numerical methods for
solving equations, interpolating the polynomials, evaluation of integral equations and solution of
differential equations.
Course Outcomes:
 Apply numerical methods to solve algebraic and transcendental equations.
 Understand fitting of several kinds of curves.
 Derive interpolating polynomials using interpolation formulae.
 Solve differential and integral equations numerically.

UNIT I Solution of Algebraic & Transcendental Equations


Introduction-Bisection Method-Iterative method-Regula falsi method-Newton Raphson method.
System of Algebraic equations: Gauss Jordan method-Gauss Siedal method.

UNIT II Curve Fitting


Principle of Least squares- Fitting of curves- Fitting of linear, quadratic and exponential curves.

UNIT III Interpolation


Finite differences-Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae – Lagrange’s formulae
Gauss forward and backward formula, Stirling’s formula, Bessel’s formula

UNIT IV Numerical Integration


Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3 Rule – Simpson’s 3/8 Rule

UNIT V Solution of Initial value problems to Ordinary differential equations

Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution by Taylor’s series-Picard’s Method


of successive Approximations-Modified Euler’s Method-Runge-Kutta Methods.

Textbooks:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B.S.Grewal, Khanna publishers.
2. Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, Ronald E. Walpole,PNIE.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley India

Reference Books:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by B.V.Ramana, Mc Graw Hill publishers.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Alan Jeffrey, Elsevier.

Online Learning Resources:


https://slideplayer.com/slide/8588078/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A56702) SENSORS AND ACTUATORS FOR ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS
(OPEN ELECTIVE-III)

Course Objectives:
 To provide exposure to various kinds of sensors and actuators and their engineering
applications.
 To impart knowledge on the basic laws and phenomenon behind the working of sensors and
actuators
 To enlighten the operating principles of various sensors and actuators
 To educate the fabrication of sensors
 To identify the required sensor and actuator for interdisciplinary application

Course Outcomes:
• To recognize the need of sensors and actuators
• To understand working principles of various sensors and actuators
• To identify different type of sensors and actuators used in real life applications
• To exploit basics in common methods for converting a physical parameter into an electrical
quantity
• To make use of sensors and actuators for different applications

UNIT I Introduction to Sensors and Actuators


Sensors: Types of sensors: temperature, pressure, strain, active and passive sensors, General
characteristics of sensors (Principles only), Materials used and their fabrication process: Deposition:
Chemical Vapor Deposition, Pattern: photolithography and Etching: Dry and Wet Etching.
Actuators: Functional diagram of actuators, Types of actuators and their basic principle of working:
Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Mechanical, Electrical, Magnetic, Electromagnetic, piezo-electric and piezo-
resistive actuators, Simple applications of Actuators.

UNIT II Temperature and Mechanical Sensors


Temperature Sensors: Types of temperature sensors and their basic principle of working: Thermo-
resistive sensors: Thermistors, Resistance temperature sensors, Silicon resistive sensors, Thermo-
electric sensors: Thermocouples, PN junction temperature sensors
Mechanical Sensors: Types of Mechanical sensors and their basic principle of working: Force
sensors: strain gauges, tactile sensors, Pressure sensors: semiconductor, piezoresistive, capacitive,
VRP.
UNIT III Optical and Acoustic Sensors
Optical Sensors: Basic principle and working of: Photodiodes, Phototransistors and Photo-resistors
based sensors, Photomultipliers, Infrared sensors: thermal, PIR, thermopiles
Acoustic Sensors: Principle and working of Ultrasonic sensors, Piezo-electric resonators,
Microphones.
UNIT IV Magnetic, Electromagnetic Sensors and Actuators
Motors as actuators (linear, rotational, stepping motors), magnetic valves, inductive sensors (LVDT,
RVDT, and Proximity), Hall Effect sensors, Magneto-resistive sensors, Magneto-strictive sensors and
actuators, Voice coil actuators (speakers and speaker-like actuators).

UNIT V Chemical and Radiation Sensors


Chemical Sensors: Principle and working of Electro-chemical, Thermo-chemical, Gas, pH, Humidity
and moisture sensors.
Radiation Sensors: Principle and working of Ionization detectors, Scintillation detectors, Geiger-
Mueller counters, Semiconductor radiation detectors and Microwave sensors (resonant, reflection,
transmission)
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Textbooks:
1. Sensors and Actuators – Clarence W. de Silva, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 2015
2. Sensors and Actuators, D.A.Hall and C.E.Millar, CRC Press, 1999

Reference Books:
1. Sensors and Transducers- D.Patranabhis, Prentice Hall of India (Pvt) Ltd. 2003
2. Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors Handbook-John G.Webster, CRC press 1999
3. Sensors – A Comprehensive Sensors- Henry Bolte, John Wiley.
4. Handbook of modern sensors, Springer, Stefan Johann Rupitsch.
5. Principles of Industrial Instrumentation By D. Patranabhis

NPTEL courses links


https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ee32/preview
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A51702) CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS
(OPEN ELECTIVE-III)
Course Objectives:
 To understand synthetic principles of Nanomaterials by various methods
 To characterize the synthetic nanomaterials by various instrumental methods
 To enumerate the applications of nanomaterials in engineering

Course Outcomes:
 Understand the state of art synthesis of nano materials
 Characterize nano materials using ion beam, scanning probe methodologies, position sensitive
atom probe and spectroscopic ellipsometry.
 Analyze nanoscale structure in metals, polymers and ceramics
 Analyze structure-property relationship in coarser scale structures
 Understand structures of carbon nano tubes

UNIT I
Introduction: Scope of nanoscience and nanotecnology, nanoscience in nature, classification of
nanostructured materials, importance of nano materials.
Synthetic Methods: Bottom-Up approach: Sol-gel synthesis, microemulsions or reverse micelles, co-
precipitation method, solvothermal synthesis, hydrothermal synthesis, microwave heating synthesis
and sonochemical synthesis.
UNIT II
Top-Down approach: Inert gas condensation, arc discharge method, aerosol synthesis, plasma arc
technique, ion sputtering, laser ablation, laser pyrolysis, and chemical vapour deposition method,
electrodeposition method, high energy ball milling.
UNIT III
Techniques for characterization: Diffraction technique, spectroscopy techniques, electron microscopy
techniques for the characterization of nanomaterials, BET method for surface area analysis, dynamic
light scattering for particle size determination.
UNIT IV
Studies of Nano-structured Materials: Synthesis, properties and applications of the following
nanomaterials, fullerenes, carbon nanotubes, core-shell nanoparticles, nanoshells, self- assembled
monolayers, and monolayer protected metal nanoparticles, nanocrystalline materials, magnetic
nanoparticles and important properties in relation to nanomagnetic materials, thermoelectric materials,
non-linear optical materials, liquid crystals.
UNIT V
Engineering Applications of Nanomaterials

Textbooks:
3. NANO: The Essentials: T Pradeep, MaGraw-Hill, 2007.
4. Textbook of Nanoscience and nanotechnology: B S Murty, P Shankar, BaldevRai, BB Rath
and James Murday, Univ. Press, 2012.

References:
4. Concepts of Nanochemistry; Ludovico Cademrtiri and Geoffrey A. Ozin& Geoffrey A. Ozin,
Wiley-VCH, 2011.
5. Nanostructures & Nanomaterials; Synthesis, Properties & Applications: Guozhong Cao,
Imperial College Press, 2007.
6. Nanomaterials Chemistry, C. N. R. Rao, Achim Muller, K.Cheetham, Wiley-VCH, 2007.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(20A01705) HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PRACTICES


(Open Elective Course-IV)
Course Objectives:
 To understand safety, health and environmental management.
 To be familiar with hazard classification and assessment, hazard evaluation and hazard .
control, environmental issues and management
 To get exposed to accidents modeling, accident investigation and reporting, concepts of.
HAZOP and PHA
 To be familiar with safety measures in design and process operations.
 To get exposed to risk assessment and management, principles and methods
Course Outcomes:
 To understand safety, health and environmental management.
 To be familiar with hazard classification and assessment, hazard evaluation and hazard.
 To get exposed to accidents modelling, accident investigation and reporting control,
environmental issues and management
 To get concepts of HAZOP and PHA.
 To be familiar with safety measures in design and process operations.
UNIT I
Introduction to safety, health and environmental management - Basic terms and their definitions -
Importance of safety - Safety assurance and assessment - Safety in design and operation - Organizing
for safety.
UNIT II
Hazard classification and assessment - Hazard evaluation and hazard control.
Environmental issues and Management - Atmospheric pollution - Flaring and fugitive release -
Water pollution - Environmental monitoring - Environmental management.
UNIT III
Accidents modelling - Release modelling - Fire and explosion modelling - Toxic release and
dispersion Modelling

UNIT IV
Accident investigation and reporting - concepts of HAZOP and PHA.
Safety measures in design and process operations - Inserting, explosion, fire prevention, sprinkler
systems.
UNIT V
Risk assessment and management - Risk picture - Definition and characteristics - Risk acceptance
criteria - Quantified risk assessment - Hazard assessment - Fatality risk assessment - Risk
management principles and methods.
Textbooks:
1. Process Safety Analysis, by Skelton. B, Gulf Publishing Company, Houston, 210pp., 1997.
2. Risk Management with Applications from Offshore Petroleum Industry, by TerjeAven and
Jan Erik Vinnem, Springer, 200pp., 2007.
References:
1. Introduction to Safety and Reliability of Structures, by Jorg Schneider
2. Structural Engineering Documents Vol. 5, International Association for Bridge and Structural
Engineering (IABSE), 138pp., 1997.
3. Safety and Health for Engineers, by Roger L. Brauer, John Wiley and Sons Inc. pp. 645-663,
2006.
4. Health, Safety and Environmental Management in Offshore and Petroleum Engineering,
Srinivasan Chandrasekaran, John Wiley and Sons, 2016.
Online Learning Resources:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/114106017
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A02705) RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS
(Open Elective Course – IV)
Course Objectives:
 Understand various sources of Energy and the need of Renewable Energy Systems.
 Understand the concepts of Solar Radiation, Wind energy and its applications.
 Analyze solar thermal and solar PV systems
 Understand the concept of geothermal energy and its applications, biomass energy, the
concept of Ocean energy and fuel cells.

Course Outcomes:
 Understand various alternate sources of energy for different suitable application
requirements
 Understand the concepts of solar energy generation strategies and wind energy system
 Analyze Solar and Wind energy systems
 Understand the basics of Geothermal Energy Systems, various diversified energy scenarios
of ocean, biomass and fuel cells

UNIT I SOLAR ENERGY


Solar radiation - beam and diffuse radiation, solar constant, earth sun angles, attenuation and
measurement of solar radiation, local solar time, derived solar angles, sunrise, sunset and day length.
flat plate collectors, concentrating collectors, storage of solar energy-thermal storage.

UNIT II PV ENERGY SYSTEMS


Introduction, The PV effect in crystalline silicon basic principles, the film PV, Other PV
technologies, Electrical characteristics of silicon PV cells and modules, PV systems for remote
power, Grid connected PV systems.

UNIT III WIND ENERGY


Principle of wind energy conversion; Basic components of wind energy conversion systems;
windmill components, various types and their constructional features; design considerations of
horizontal and vertical axis wind machines: analysis of aerodynamic forces acting on wind mill
blades and estimation of power output; wind data and site selection considerations.

UNIT IV GEOTHERMAL ENERGY


Estimation and nature of geothermal energy, geothermal sources and resources like hydrothermal,
geo-pressured hot dry rock, magma. Advantages, disadvantages and application of geothermal
energy, prospects of geothermal energy in India.

UNIT V MISCELLANEOUS ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES


Ocean Energy: Tidal Energy-Principle of working, performance and limitations. Wave Energy-
Principle of working, performance and limitations.
Bio mass Energy: Biomass conversion technologies, Biogas generation plants, Classification,
advantages and disadvantages, constructional details, site selection, digester design consideration
Fuel cell: Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their working, performance and
limitations.

Textbooks:
1. Stephen Peake, “Renewable Energy Power for a Sustainable Future”, Oxford International
Edition, 2018.
2. G. D. Rai, “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, 4th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2000.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Reference Books:
1. S. P. Sukhatme, “Solar Energy”,3rd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2008.
2. B H Khan , “ Non-Conventional Energy Resources”, 2nd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill
Education Pvt Ltd, 2011.
3. S. Hasan Saeed and D.K.Sharma,“Non-Conventional Energy Resources”,3rd Edition,
S.K.Kataria& Sons, 2012.
4. G. N. Tiwari and M.K.Ghosal, “Renewable Energy Resource: Basic Principles and
Applications”, Narosa Publishing House, 2004.
Online Learning Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103206
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108078
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A03705) INTRODUCTION TO COMPOSITE MATERIALS
(Open Elective-IV)
Course Objectives:
 Introduce composite materials and their applications.
 Build proper background for stress analysis in the design of composite structures.
 Familiarize various properties of composite materials.
 Focus on biodegradable composites.
Course Outcomes:
 Identify the practical applications of composites. (L3)
 Identify the polymer matrix composites. (L3)
 Classify of bio- degradable composites. (L2)
 Outline the various types of ceramic matrix materials. (L2)

UNIT I Introduction to composites


Fundamentals of composites – Definition – classification– based on Matrix – based on structure –
Advantages and applications of composites - Reinforcement – whiskers – glass fiber – carbon fiber -
Aramid fiber – ceramic fiber – Properties and applications.
UNIT II Polymer matrix composites
Polymers - Polymer matrix materials – PMC processes - hand layup processes – spray up processes –
resin transfer moulding – Pultrusion – Filament winding – Auto clave based methods - Injection
moulding – sheet moulding compound – properties and applications of PMCs.
UNIT III Metal matrix composites
Metals - types of metal matrix composites – Metallic Matrices. Processing of MMC – Liquid state
processes – solid state processes – In-situ processes. Properties and applications of MMCs.
UNIT IV Ceramic matrix composites
Ceramic matrix materials – properties – processing of CMCs –Sintering - Hot pressing – Infiltration –
Lanxide process – Insitu chemical reaction techniques – solgel polymer pyrolsis –SHS - Cold isostatic
pressing (CIPing) – Hot isostatic pressing (HIPing). Properties and Applications of CCMs.
UNIT V Advances & Applications of composites
Advantages of carbon matrix – limitations of carbon matrix carbon fibre – chemical vapour deposition
of carbon on carbonfibre perform. Properties and applications of Carbon-carbon composites.
Composites for aerospace applications.Bio degradability, introduction of bio composites,
classification, processing of bio composites, applications of bio composites - Mechanical, Biomedical,
automobile Engineering.

Textbooks:
1. Chawla K.K, Composite materials, 2/e, Springer – Verlag, 1998.
2. Mathews F.L. and Rawlings R.D., Chapman and Hall, Composite Materials: Engineering and
Science, 1/e, England, 1994.
Reference Books:
1. H K Shivanand, B V Babu Kiran, Composite Materials, ASIAN BOOKS, 2011.
2. A.B. Strong , Fundamentals of Composite Manufacturing, SME Publications, 1989.
3. S.C. Sharma, Composite materials, Narosa Publications, 2000.
4. Maureen Mitton, Hand Book of Bio plastics & Bio composites for Engineering applications,
John Wiley publications, 2011.
Online Learning Resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104229
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104168
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101104010
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105108124
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104221
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A04706) MICROCONTROLLERS & APPLICATIONS
(Open Elective Course –IV)
Course Objectives:
 Describe the Architecture of 8051 Microcontroller and Interfacing of 8051 to external
memory.
 Write 8051 Assembly level programs using 8051 instruction set.
 Describe the Interrupt system, operation of Timers/Counters and Serial port of 8051.
 Interface simple switches, simple LEDs, ADC 0804, LCD and Stepper Motor to 8051.
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the importance of Microcontroller and Acquire the knowledge of Architecture of
8051 Microcontroller.
 Apply and Interface simple switches, simple LEDs, ADC 0804, LCD and Stepper Motor to
using 8051 I/O ports.
 Develop the 8051 Assembly level programs using 8051 Instruction set
 Design the Interrupt system, operation of Timers/Counters and Serial port of 8051

UNIT 1 8051 Microcontroller:


Microprocessor Vs Microcontroller, Embedded Systems, Embedded Microcontrollers, 8051
Architecture- Registers, Pin diagram, I/O ports functions, Internal Memory organization. External
Memory (ROM & RAM) interfacing.

UNIT II
Addressing Modes, Data Transfer instructions, Arithmetic instructions, Logical instructions, Branch
instructions, Bit manipulation instructions. Simple Assembly language program examples to use
these instructions.

UNIT III
8051 Stack, Stack and Subroutine instructions. Simple Assembly language program examples to use
subroutine instructions.8051 Timers and Counters – Operation and Assembly language programming
to generate a pulse using Mode-1 and a square wave using Mode- 2 on a port pin.

UNIT IV
8051 Serial Communication- Basics of Serial Data Communication, RS- 232 standard, 9 pin RS232
signals, Simple Serial Port programming in Assembly and C to transmit a message and to receive data
serially.8051 Interrupts. 8051 Assembly language programming to generate an external interrupt
using a switch.

UNIT V
8051 C programming to generate a square waveform on a port pin using a Timer interrupt. Interfacing
8051 to ADC-0804, DAC, LCD and Interfacing with relays and opto isolators, Stepper Motor
Interfacing, DC motor interfacing, PWM generation using 8051.
Textbooks:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillespie Mazidi and Rollin D. McKinlay; “The 8051
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems – using assembly and C”, PHI, 2006 / Pearson, 2006.
2. Kenneth J. Ayala, “The 8051 Microcontroller”, 3rd Edition, Thomson/Cengage Learning.

References:
1. Manish K Patel, “The 8051 Microcontroller Based Embedded Systems”, McGraw Hill, 2014,
ISBN: 978-93-329-0125-4.
2. Raj Kamal, “Microcontrollers: Architecture, Programming, Interfacing and System Design”,
Pearson Education, 2005.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV- I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A04706) PRINCIPLES OF CELLULAR AND MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
Course Objectives:
 To understand the concepts and operation of cellular systems.
 To apply the concepts of cellular systems to solve engineering problems.
 To analyse cellular systems for meaningful conclusions.
 To evaluate suitability of a cellular system in real time applications.
 To design cellular patterns based on frequency reuse factor.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to
 Understand the concepts and operation of cellular systems (L1)
 Apply the concepts of cellular systems to solve engineering problems (L2).
 Analyse cellular systems for meaningful conclusions, Evaluate suitability of a cellular system
in real time applications (L3).
 Design cellular patterns based on frequency reuse factor (L4).

UNIT I Introduction to Cellular Mobile Systems


Why cellular mobile communication systems? A basic cellular system, Evolution of mobile radio
communications, Performance criteria, Characteristics of mobile radio environment, Operation of
cellular systems. Examples for analog and digital cellular systems.

UNIT II Cellular Radio System Design


General description of the problem, Concept of frequency reuse channels, Cochannel interference
reduction, Desired C/I ratio, Cell splitting and sectoring.

UNIT III Handoffs and Dropped Calls


Why handoffs and types of handoffs, Initiation of handoff, Delaying a handoff, Forced handoffs,
Queuing of handoffs, Power-difference handoffs, Mobile assisted handoff and soft handoff, Cell-site
handoff, Intersystem handoff. Introduction to dropped call rate.

UNIT IV Multiple Access Techniques for Wireless Communications


Introduction, Frequency Division Multiple Access, Time Division Multiple Access, Code Division
Multiple Access and Space Division Multiple Access.

UNIT V Digital Cellular Systems


Global System for Mobile Systems, Time Division Multiple Access Systems, Code Division Multiple
Access Systems. Examples for 2G, 3G and 4G systems. Introduction to 5G system.

Textbooks:
1. William C. Y. Lee, “Mobile Cellular Telecommunications”, 2ndEdition, McGraw-Hill
International, 1995.
2. Theodore S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications – Principles and Practice”, 2ndEdition,
PHI, 2004.

References:
1. Aditya K. Jagannatham “Principles of Modern Wireless Communications Systems – Theory
and Practice”, McGraw-Hill International, 2015.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A27705) WASTE AND EFFLUENT MANAGEMENT
(OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)
Course Objectives:
 To understand the wastewater treatment process.
 To gain knowledge on waste disposal in various ways.
 To know about advances in wastewater treatment.
Course Outcomes:
 Acquires knowledge on technologies used for chemical and biological methods of waste
water and effluent treatment
UNIT I
Wastewater Treatment an Overview: Terminology – Regulations – Health and Environment Concerns
in waste water management – Constituents in waste water inorganic – Organic and metallic
constituents. Process Analysis and Selection: Components of waste water flows – Analysis of Data –
Reactors used in waste water treatment – Mass Balance Analysis – Modeling of ideal and non ideal
flow in Reactors – Process Selection
UNIT II
Waste disposal methods – Physical, Chemical & Biological; Economical aspects of waste treatment
and disposal. Treatment methods of solid wastes: Biological composting, drying and incineration;
Design of Solid Waste Management System: Landfill Digester, Vermicomposting Pit.
UNIT III
Introduction: Classification and characterization of food industrial wastes from Fruit and Vegetable
processing industry, Beverage industry; Fish, Meat & Poultry industry, Sugar industry and Dairy
industry.
Chemical Unit Processes: Role of unit processes in waste water treatment chemical coagulation –
Chemical precipitation for improved plant performance chemical oxidation – Neutralization –
Chemical Storage
UNIT IV
Biological Treatment: Overview of biological Treatment – Microbial metabolism – Bacterial growth
and energetics – Aerobic biological oxidation – Anaerobic fermentation and oxidation – Trickling
filters – Rotating biological contractors – Combined aerobic processes – Activated sludge film
packing.
UNIT V
Advanced Wastewater Treatment: Technologies used in advanced treatment – Classification of
technologies. Removal of Colloids and suspended particles – Depth Filtration – Surface Filtration –
Membrane Filtration- Absorption – Ion Exchange – Advanced oxidation process.
Textbooks:
1. Herzka A & Booth RG; “Food Industry Wastes: Disposal and Recovery”; Applied Science Pub Ltd.
1981,
2. Fair GM, Geyer JC & Okun DA; “Water & Wastewater Engineering”; John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
1986,
References:
1. GE; “Symposium: Processing Agricultural & Municipal Wastes”; AVI. 1973,
2. Inglett Green JH & Kramer A; “Food Processing Waste Management”; AVI. 1979,
3. Rittmann BE & McCarty PL; “Environmental Biotechnology: Principles and Applications”; Mc-
Grow-Hill International editions2001,.
4. Bhattacharyya B C & Banerjee R; “Environmental Biotechnology”; Oxford University Press.
5. Bartlett RE; “ Wastewater Treatment; Applied Science” Pub Ltd.
6. G. Tchobanoglous, FI Biston, “Waste water Engineering Treatment and Reuse”: Mc Graw Hill,
2002.
7. “Industrial Waste Water Management Treatment and Disposal by Waste Water” 3rd Edition Mc
Graw Hill 2008
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A54703) NUMBER THEORY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
(OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to learn the concepts of number theory and its applications to
information security.
Course Outcomes:
 Understand number theory and its properties.
 Understand principles on congruences
 Develop the knowledge to apply various applications
 Develop various encryption methods and its applications.
UNIT I Integers, Greatest common divisors and prime Factorization
The well-ordering property-Divisibility-Representation of integers-Computer operations with
integers-Prime numbers-Greatest common divisors-The Euclidean algorithm -The fundamental
theorem of arithmetic-Factorization of integers and the Fermat numbers-Linear Diophantine
equations

UNIT II Congruences
Introduction to congruences -Linear congruences-The Chinese remainder theorem-Systems of linear
congruences

UNIT III Applications of Congruences


Divisibility tests-The perpetual calendar-Round-robin tournaments-Computer file storage and
hashing functions. Wilson's theorem and Fermat's little theorem- Pseudo primes- Euler's theorem-
Euler's p hi-function- The sum and number of divisors- Perfect numbers and Mersenne primes.

UNIT IV Finite fields & Primality, factoring


Finite fields- quadratic residues and reciprocity-Pseudo primes-rho method-fermat factorization and
factor bases.

UNIT V Cryptology
Basic terminology-complexity theorem-Character ciphers-Block ciphers-Exponentiation ciphers-
Public-key cryptography-Discrete logarithm-Knapsack ciphers- RSA algorithm-Some applications to
computer science.

Textbooks:
1. Elementary number theory and its applications, Kenneth H Rosen, AT & T Information
systems & Bell laboratories.
2. A course in Number theory & Cryptography, Neal Koblitz, Springer.

Reference Books:
1. An Introduction To The Theory Of Numbers, Herbert S. Zuckerman, Hugh L.
Montgomery, Ivan Niven, wiley publishers
2. Introduction to Analytic number theory-Tom M Apostol, springer
3. Elementary number theory, VK Krishnan, Universities press

Online Learning Resources:


https://www.slideshare.net/ItishreeDash3/a-study-on-number-theory-and-its-applications
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A56703) SMART MATERIALS AND DEVICES
(OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)
Course Objectives:
• To provide exposure to smart materials and their engineering applications.
• To impart knowledge on the basics and phenomenon behind the working of smart materials
• To enlighten the properties exhibited by smart materials
• To educate various techniques used to synthesize and characterize smart materials
• To identify the required smart material for distinct applications/devices
Course Outcomes:
• to recognize the need of smart materials
• to understand the working principles of smart materials
• to know different techniques used to synthesize and characterize smart materials
• to exploit the properties of smart materials
• to make use of smart materials for different applications
UNIT I
Introduction: Historical account of the discovery and development of smart materials, Two phases:
Austenite and Martensite, Temperature induced phase changes, Shape memory effect,
Pseudoelasticity, One-way shape memory effect, Two-way shape memory effect.
UNIT II: Properties of Smart Materials: Physical principles of optical, Electrical, Dielectric,
Piezoelectric, Ferroelectric, Pyroelectric and Magnetic properties of smart materials
UNIT III: Synthesis of smart materials: Solid state reaction technique, Chemical route: Chemical
vapour deposition, Sol-gel technique, Hydrothermal method, Co-precipitaiton. Green synthesis,
Mechanical alloying and Thin film deposition techniques: Chemical etching, Sol-gel, spray pyrolysis.
UNIT IV: Characterization techniques: X-ray diffraction, Raman spectroscopy (RS), Fourier-
transform infrared reflection (FTIR), UV-Visible spectroscopy, Scanning electron microscopy (SEM),
Transmission electron microscopy, Atomic force microscopy (AFM) and Differential Scanning
Calorimetry (DSC).
UNIT V: Materials and Devices: Characteristics of shape memory alloys, Magnetostrictive,
Optoelectronic, Piezoelectric, Metamaterials, Electro-rheological and Magneto-rheological materials
and Composite materials.
Devices based on smart materials: Sensors & Actuators, MEMS and intelligent devices, Future scope
of the smart materials.
Textbooks:
1. Encyclopaedia of Smart Materials- Mel Schwartz, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.2002
2. Smart Materials and Structures - M. V. Gandhi and B.S. Thompson, Champman and Hall,
1992
References:
1. Smart Materials and Technologies- M. Addington and D. L. Schodek, , Elsevier, 2005.
2. Characterization and Application of smart Materials -R. Rai, Synthesis, , Nova Science, 2011.
3. Electroceramics: Materials, Properties, Applications -A.J. Moulson and J.M. Herbert, 2ndEdn.,
John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
4. Piezoelectric Sensorics: Force, Strain, Pressure, Acceleration and Acoustic 1. Emission
Sensors, Materials and Amplifiers, G. Gautschi, Springer, 2002.
5. Optical Metamaterials: Fundamentals and Applications -W. Cai and V. Shalaev,
springer,2010.
6. Smart Materials and Structures - P. L Reece, New Research, Nova Science, 2007
NPTEL courses links
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104173/
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104251/
https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112104173/Mod_1_smart_mat_lec
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(20A51703) GREEN CHEMISTRY AND CATALYSIS FOR SUSTAINABLE
ENVIRONMENT (OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)
Course Objectives:
 Learn an interdisciplinary approach to the scientific and societal issues arising from industrial
chemical production, including the facets of chemistry and environmental health sciences that
can be integrated to promote green chemistry and the redesign of chemicals, industrial
processes and products.
 Understand the use of alternatives assessments that combine chemical, environmental health,
regulatory, and business considerations to develop safer products.
Course Outcomes:
 Recognize and acquire green chemistry concepts and apply these ideas to develop respect for
the inter connectedness of our world and an ethic of environmental care and sustainability.
UNIT I: PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTS OF GREEN CHEMISTRY
Introduction, Green chemistry Principles, sustainable development and green chemistry, atom
economy, atom economic: Rearrangement and addition reactions and un-economic reactions:
Substitution, elimination and Wittig reactions, Reducing Toxicity. Waste - problems and Prevention:
Design for degradation, Polymer recycling.
UNIT II: CATALYSIS AND GREEN CHEMISTRY
Introduction to catalysis, Heterogeneous catalysts: Basics of Heterogeneous Catalysis, Zeolites and
the Bulk Chemical Industry, Heterogeneous Catalysis in the Fine Chemical and Pharmaceutical
Industries, Catalytic Converters, Homogeneous catalysis: Transition Metal Catalysts with Phosphine
Ligands, Greener Lewis Acids, Asymmetric Catalysis, Heterogenising the Homogenous catalysts,
Phase transfer catalysis: Hazard Reduction, C–C Bond Formation, Oxidation Using Hydrogen
Peroxide, Bio-catalysis and photo-catalysis with examples.
UNIT III: ORGANIC SOLVENTS: ENVIRONMENTALLY BENIGN SOLUTIONS
Organic solvents and volatile organic compounds, solvent free systems, supercritical fluids: Super
critical carbondioxide, super critical water and water as a reaction solvent: water-based coatings, Ionic
liquids as catalyst and solvent
UNIT IV: EMERGING GREENER TECHNOLOGIES AND ALTERNATIVE ENERGY
SOURCES
Biomass as renewable resource, Energy: Fossil Fuels, Energy from Biomass, Solar Power, Other
Forms of Renewable Energy, Fuel Cells, Chemicals from Renewable feedstocks: Chemicals from
Renewable Feedstocks: Chemicals from Fatty Acids, Polymers from Renewable Resources, Some
Other Chemicals from Natural Resources, Alternative Economies: The Syngas Economy, The
Biorefinery, Design for energy efficiency: Photochemical Reactions: Advantages of and Challenges
Faced by Photochemical Processes, Examples of Photochemical Reactions, Chemistry Using
Microwaves: Microwave Heating, Microwave-assisted Reactions, Sonochemistry: Sonochemistry and
Green Chemistry, Electrochemical Synthesis: Examples of Electrochemical Synthesis. Industrial
applications of alternative environmentally benign catalytic systems for carrying out the important
reactions such as selective oxidation, reduction and C-C bond formations (specific reactions).
UNIT V: GREEN PROCESSES FOR GREEN NANOSCIENCE
Introduction and traditional methods in the nanomaterials synthesis, Translating green chemistry
principles for practicing Green Nanoscience. Green Synthesis of Nanophase Inorganic Materials and
Metal Oxide Nanoparticles: Hydrothermal Synthesis, Reflux Synthesis, Microwave-Assisted
Synthesis, Other methods for Green synthesis of metal and metal oxide nanoparticles, Green
chemistry applications of Inorganic nanomaterials
Textbooks:
1. M. Lancaster, Green Chemistry an introductory text, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2002.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

2. Paul T. Anastas and John C. Warner, Green Chemistry Theory and Practice, 4 th Edition,
Oxford
University Press, USA
References:
1. Green Chemistry for Environmental Sustainability, First Edition, Sanjay K. Sharma and
AckmezMudhoo, CRC Press, 2010.
2. Edited by AlvisePerosa and Maurizio Selva , Hand Book of Green chemistry Volume 8:Green
Nanoscience, wiley-VCH, 2013.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

HONOURS
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD) L T P C
3 1 0 4

(20A38H01) SPATIAL AND MULTIMEDIA DATABASE

Course Objectives:
 Introduce the basic concepts, data models and indexing structures for spatial data, multimedia
data.
Course Outcomes:
 Understand data models, storage, indexing and design of spatial databases.
 Represent image database with R-tree
 Store and retrieve multimedia data.
UNIT I Lecture 8Hrs
Introduction to Spatial Databases: Overview, beneficiaries, GIA and SDBMS, users, Space taxonomy,
query language, query processing, query optimization.
Spatial Concepts and Data Models: Models of Spatial information, three step database design,
Extending the ER model with spatial concept, object-oriented data modeling.Spatial Query
Languages.
UNIT II Lecture 9Hrs
Spatial Storage and Indexing: Storage-disks and files, spatial indexing, TR*, spatial join index.
Query processing and optimization – Evaluation of Spatial operations, query optimization, Analysis
of Spatial index structures, distributed and parallel spatial database system.
Multidimensional Data Structures: k-d Trees, Point Quadtrees, The MX-Quadtree, R-Trees,
comparison of Different Data Structures.
UNIT III Lecture 9Hrs
Image Databases: Raw Images, Compressed Image Representations, Image Processing: Segmentation,
Similarity-Based Retrieval, Alternative Image DB Paradigms, Representing Image DBs with
Relations, Representing Image DBs with R-Trees, Retrieving Images By Spatial Layout,
Implementations.
Text/Document Databases: Precision and Recall, Stop Lists, Word Stems, and Frequency Tables,
Latent Semantic Indexing, TV-Trees, Other Retrieval Techniques
UNIT IV Lecture 9Hrs
Video Databases: Organizing Content of a Single Video, Querying Content of Video Libraries, Video
Segmentation, video Standards
Audio Databases: A General Model of Audio Data, Capturing Audio Content through Discrete
Transformation, Indexing Audio Data
Multimedia Databases: Design and Architecture of a Multimedia Database, Organizing Multimedia
Data Based on The Principle of Uniformity, Media Abstractions, Query Languages for Retrieving
Multimedia Data, Indexing SMDSs with Enhanced Inverted Indices, Query Relaxation/Expansion.
UNIT V Lecture 8Hrs
Creating Distributed Multimedia Presentations: Objects in Multimedia Presentations, Specifying
Multimedia Documents with Temporal Constraints, Efficient Solution of Temporal Presentation
Constraints, Spatial Constraints.Distributed Media Servers: Distributed multimedia server
architecture, distributed retrieval plans, optimal distributed retrieval plans.
Textbooks:
1. Shashi Shekhar, SanjivChawla ,Spatial Databases-A Tour, Pearson Education.
2. V.S. Subrahmanian , Principles of Multimedia Database Systems, Morgan Kauffman.
Reference Books:
1. Multimedia Databases: An object relational approach, Lynne Dunckley, Pearson Education.
2. Multimedia Database Systems, Prabhakaram, Springer.
Online Learning Resources:https://www.e-education.psu.edu/spatialdb/node/1776,
https://www.coursera.org/lecture/spatial-data-science/spatial-database-management-system-sdbms-
tAenr
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD) L T P C
3 1 0 4
(20A38H02) DESIGN FOR USER EXPERIENCE

Course Objectives:
 To teach the fundamental concepts, techniques, practices, workflows, and tools associated
with the practice of user experience design in web and mobile experiences.
 To achieve a deep understanding of the entire life-cycle of design—the process, purpose, and
tools.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
• Understand iterative user-centered design of graphical user interfaces
• Apply the user Interfaces to different devices and requirements,
• Create high quality professional documents and artifacts related to the design process.
• Discover the industry-standard tools and specific project deliverables in UI/UX.
• Identify the root causes for strengths and weaknesses of interfaces and provide suggestions
of how to improve them
UNIT I Lecture 8Hrs
User Experience and Why it Matters: Everyday Miseries, Introducing User Experience, From
Product Design to User Experience Design, Designing for Experience: Use Matters, User Experience
and the Web, Good User Experience is Good Business, Minding your Users, Understanding Users.
Lecture 8Hrs
UNIT II
Meet the Elements: The Five Planes, Building from Bottom to Top, A Basic Duality, The Elements
of User Experience, Using the Elements.
UNIT III Lecture 8Hrs
The Strategy Plane: Defining the Strategy, Product Objectives, User Needs, Team Roles and
Process.
The Scope Plane: Defining the Scope, Functionality and Content, Defining Requirements,
Functional Specification, Content Requirements, Prioritizing Requirements.

UNIT IV Lecture 9Hrs


The Structure Plane: Defining the Structure, Interaction Design, Information Architecture, Team
Roles and Process.
The Skeleton Plane: Defining the Skeleton, Convention and Metaphor, Interface Design, Navigation
Design, Information Design, Wireframes.
Lecture 9Hrs
UNIT V
The Surface Plane: Defining the Surface, Making Sense of the Senses, Follow the Eye, Contrast and
Uniformity, Internal and External Consistency, Color Palettes and Typography, Design Comps and
Style Guides, Usability Testing.
The Elements Applied: Asking the Right Questions, The Marathon and the Sprint.

Textbooks:
1. The Elements of User Experience: User-Centered Design for the Web and Beyond, Second
Edition Jesse James Garrett, Pearson Education. 2011.
2. Don’t Make Me Think, Steve Krug, ISBN: 0321344758
3. A Project Guide to UX Design: For user experience designers in the field or in the making
(2nd. ed.). Russ Unger and Carolyn Chandler. New Riders Publishing, USA, 2012.
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Reference Books:
1. The Essential Guide to User Interface Design: An Introduction to GUI Design Principles and
Techniques, Third Edition Wilbert O. Galitz , Wiley Publishing, 2007.
2. The UX Book Process and Guidelines for Ensuring a Quality User Experience, Rex Hartson
and Pardha S. Pyla, Elsevier, 2012.
3. Designing for the Digital Age, by Kim Goodwin, ISBN: 0470229101.

Online Learning Resources:


https://www.udemy.com/course/user-experience-design-fundamentals/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD) L T P C
31 0 4
(20A38H03) DIGITAL AUDIO AND VIDEO PRODUCTION WORKFLOW

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the world of Digital Audio and Video Production Workflow.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
• To understand and utilize general digital audio processing theory.
• To practice active listening & audio analysis & Mixing Multitracks sessions using a DAW.
• To Understand and utilize pre-production Video Shooting techniques
• To practice Post production techniques for video production

UNIT I Lecture 9Hrs


Sound Synthesis: Digital Audio Concepts, Music Systems Programming, Introduction to Digital
Sound Synthesis, Sampling and Additive Synthesis, Multiple Wavetable,Wave Terrain, Grannular,
and Subtractive Synthesis, Modulation Synthesis, Physical Modeling and Format Synthesis

UNIT II Lecture 9Hrs


Introduction to Digital Audio Workstation, Recording Audio for Voice Overs & Music, Audio
Mixing using Reaper & Protocols, Introduction to Midi Programming for Sound Synthesis and
Control Change, Understanding Compressing, Introduction to Foley Sounds & Designing
Techniques, Mixing Multitrack Audio.

UNIT III Lecture 9Hrs


Overview of Video Production, First Step in Video Production, Technicalities, Production Crew,
Video Production Crew Job Descriptions, Professional Crew, Organizing the Production, Production
Techniques, Writing for Video, The Camera, Camera Features, Controlling the Camera, Using the
Camera.

UNIT IV Lecture 8Hrs


Shooting People and Objects, Shooting Instructional Productions, Working with the Talent, Audio
for Video, Supporting the Microphone, Controlling Dynamics.

UNIT V Lecture 8Hrs


Lighting for Video, Lightweight Light Supports, Lighting Instruments, Practical Lighting, The
Background, Television Graphics, Recording and Viewing the Video, Editing.

Textbooks:
1. The Computer Music Tutorial by Curtis Roads
2. On Sonic Art by Trever Wishart
Reference Books:
1. Video Production Handbook by Gerald Millerson, Jim Owens, Asbury College

Online Learning Resources:


https://www.udemy.com/course/video-production/
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR


B.Tech (CSD) L T P C
3 1 0 4
(20A38H04) INFORMATION SECURITY

Course Objectives:
Develop an understanding of information security, gain familiarity with prevalentattacks, defenses
against systems, and forensics to investigate the aftermath, develop a basic understanding
ofcryptography, how it has evolved, have a knowledge of information security planning and
maintenance.

Course Outcomes:
 Enumerate the key terms and basics of Information Security along with Sec SDLC.
 Understand how risk is identified and managed.
 Identify management's role in development, maintenance and enforcement of Information
Security policies.
 Plan for and respond to intruders in an information system, understand the basicprinciples
of cryptography.
 Analyze the organizations information security blue print, discuss the need ofmaintaining
information security program.
UNIT I Lecture 8Hrs
Introduction: History, critical characteristics of information, NSTISSC security model,
Components of an information system, Securing the components, balancing security and access,
The SDLC, The security SDLC
Need for Security: Business needs, Threats, Attacks-secure software development
UNIT II Lecture 9Hrs
Legal, Ethical and Professional Issues: Law and ethics in information security, relevant U.S laws-
international laws and legal bodies, Ethics and information security
Risk Management: Overview, Risk Identification, risk assessment, Risk Control strategies,
selecting a risk control strategy, Quantitative versus qualitative risk control practices, Risk
management discussion points, recommended risk control practices
UNIT III Lecture 8Hrs
Planning for Security: Security policy, Standards and practices, Security blue print, Security
education, Continuity strategies.
Security Technology: Firewalls and VPNs: Physical design, firewalls, protecting remote
connections.
UNIT IV Lecture 9Hrs
Security Technology: Intrusion detection, Access control and other security tools: Intrusion
detection and prevention systems, Scanning and analysis tools, Access control devices.
Cryptography: Foundations of cryptology, cipher methods, cryptographic Algorithms,
Cryptographic tools, Protocols for secure communications, Attacks on cryptosystems
UNIT V Lecture 9Hrs
Implementing Information Security: information security project management, technical topics of
implementation,Non- technical aspects of implementation, Security certification and accreditation
Security and Personnel: Positioning and staffing security function, Employment policies and
practices, internal control strategies. Information security Maintenance: Security management
models. The maintenance model, Digital forensics.

Textbooks:
1. Michael E. Whitman and Hebert J Mattord, Principles of Information
Security, 4th edition, Ed. Cengage Learning 2011
2. Thomas R Peltier, Justing Peltier, John Blackley, Information Security.
Fundamentals, Auerbacj Publications 2010
JNTUA B.Tech. R20 Regulations

Reference Books:
1. Detmar W Straub, Seymor Goodman, Richard L Baskerville, Information Security. Policy
proceses and practices PHI 2008
2. Marks Merkow and Jim Breithaupt, Information Security. Principle and Practices, Pearson
Education, 2007.

Online Learning Resources:


1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs08/preview
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106129/

You might also like